0611 Hand Over

WCDMA RAN
Handover
Feature Parameter Description
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2010. All rights reserved.

No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are the property of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All other trademarks
and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the commercial contract made between
Huawei and the customer. All or partial products, services and features described in this document may not be
within the purchased scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise agreed by the contract, all statements,
information, and recommendations in this document are provided AS IS without warranties, guarantees or
representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Contents
Contents
1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................1-1
1.1 Scope ............................................................................................................................................ 1-1
1.2 Intended Audience ........................................................................................................................ 1-1
1.3 Change History.............................................................................................................................. 1-1
2 Overview of Handover .............................................................................................................2-1

3 Intra-Frequency Handover .....................................................................................................3-1
3.1 Overview ....................................................................................................................................... 3-1
3.2 Intra-Frequency Handover Procedure .......................................................................................... 3-2
3.3 Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement ..................................................................................... 3-3
3.4 Intra-Frequency Handover Decision and Execution ..................................................................... 3-8
3.5 Rate Reduction After an SHO Failure ........................................................................................... 3-9
3.6 Signaling Procedures for Intra-Frequency Handover.................................................................. 3-11
3.6.1 Intra-NodeB Intra-Frequency Soft Handover Signaling Procedure .................................... 3-11
3.6.2 Intra-RNC Inter-NodeB Intra-Frequency Soft Handover Signaling Procedure................... 3-13
3.6.3 Inter-RNC Intra-Frequency Soft Handover Signaling Procedure ....................................... 3-14
3.6.4 Intra-RNC Inter-NodeB Intra-Frequency Hard Handover Signaling Procedure ................. 3-16
3.6.5 Inter-RNC Intra-Frequency Hard Handover Signaling Procedure...................................... 3-18
4 Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Handover ..........................................................................4-1

4.1 Overview ....................................................................................................................................... 4-1
4.2 Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT Handover Switches....................................................................... 4-2
4.3 Signaling Procedures for Inter-Frequency Handover.................................................................... 4-2
4.3.1 Inter-Frequency Handover Within One RNC........................................................................ 4-2
4.3.2 Inter-Frequency Handover Between RNCs.......................................................................... 4-4
4.4 Signaling Procedures for Inter-RAT Handover.............................................................................. 4-5
4.4.1 3G-to-2G Handover in the CS Domain................................................................................. 4-5
4.4.2 3G-to-2G Handover in the PS Domain................................................................................. 4-6
4.4.3 3G-to-2G Handover in Both CS Domain and PS Domain.................................................... 4-7
4.4.4 2G-to-3G Handover in the CS Domain................................................................................. 4-9
4.4.5 2G-to-3G Handover in the PS Domain............................................................................... 4-10
5 Coverage or QoS Handover ...................................................................................................5-1

5.1 Coverage or QoS Handover Procedure........................................................................................ 5-1
5.2 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement .................................................................................. 5-2
5.2.1 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement Report Modes .................................................. 5-2
5.2.2 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement Quantity ........................................................... 5-2
5.2.3 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement Events.............................................................. 5-3
5.2.4 BSIC Verification Requirements for 2G Cells ....................................................................... 5-7
5.3 Coverage or QoS Handover Decision and Execution................................................................... 5-7
5.3.1 Inter-Frequency Coverage or QoS Handover Decision and Execution ............................... 5-7
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

iii
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Contents
5.3.2 3G-to-2G Coverage and QoS Handover Decision and Execution ....................................... 5-9
5.4 Rules for 3G-to-2G Coverage or QoS Handover .......................................................................... 5-9
5.5 3G-to-2G NACC .......................................................................................................................... 5-11
5.6 3G-to-2G PS Handover............................................................................................................... 5-12
5.7 2G-to-3G Handover..................................................................................................................... 5-12
6 Load Handover ..........................................................................................................................6-1

6.1 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover .................................................................................................... 6-1
6.1.1 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover Procedure.......................................................................... 6-1
6.1.2 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover Measurement .................................................................... 6-1
6.1.3 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover Decision and Execution .................................................... 6-1
6.2 Inter-RAT LDR Handover .............................................................................................................. 6-3
6.2.1 Inter-RAT LDR Handover Procedure.................................................................................... 6-3
6.2.2 Inter-RAT LDR Handover Measurement .............................................................................. 6-3
6.2.3 Inter-RAT LDR Handover decision and Execution ............................................................... 6-4
6.3 Inter-RAT Service Handover ......................................................................................................... 6-4
6.3.1 Switches for Inter-RAT Service Handover............................................................................ 6-4
6.3.2 Inter-RAT Service Handover Procedure ............................................................................... 6-5
6.4 Rules for Enabling Inter-RAT LDR or Service Handover .............................................................. 6-6
6.5 Interchanging Inter-RAT Load Information .................................................................................... 6-7
7 HSPA Handover .........................................................................................................................7-1

7.1 HSDPA Handover.......................................................................................................................... 7-1
7.1.1 HSDPA Intra-Frequency Handover ...................................................................................... 7-1
7.1.2 HSDPA Inter-Frequency Handover ...................................................................................... 7-2
7.1.3 HSDPA Inter-RAT Handover................................................................................................. 7-4
7.2 HSUPA Handover.......................................................................................................................... 7-4
7.2.1 HSUPA Intra-Frequency Handover ...................................................................................... 7-4
7.2.2 HSUPA Inter-Frequency Handover ...................................................................................... 7-8
7.2.3 HSUPA Inter-RAT Handover............................................................................................... 7-11
7.3 HSPA+ Handover ........................................................................................................................ 7-11
7.3.1 Overview............................................................................................................................. 7-11
7.3.2 Preselection Phase............................................................................................................. 7-11
7.3.3 Fallback Phase ................................................................................................................... 7-12
7.3.4 Retry Phase........................................................................................................................ 7-12
7.4 Anti-Frequent Serving Cell Change............................................................................................. 7-13
7.5 HSPA Retry ................................................................................................................................. 7-13
8 HCS Handover ...........................................................................................................................8-1

8.1 Overview ....................................................................................................................................... 8-1
8.2 HCS Handover Procedure ............................................................................................................ 8-2
8.3 UE Speed Estimation .................................................................................................................... 8-3
8.4 HCS Handover Measurement ....................................................................................................... 8-3
8.5 HCS Handover Execution ............................................................................................................. 8-4
iv

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Contents
8.6 Signaling Procedure of HCS Handover ........................................................................................ 8-5

8.7 Interoperability Between HCS Handover and Other Handovers................................................... 8-5
9 Blind Handover..........................................................................................................................9-6
10 Handover Protection............................................................................................................10-1
10.1 Anti-Ping-Pong .......................................................................................................................... 10-1
10.2 Handover Retry ......................................................................................................................... 10-1
10.2.1 Inter-Frequency Handover Retry...................................................................................... 10-1
10.2.2 Inter-RAT (3G to 2G) Handover Retry.............................................................................. 10-2
10.3 Inter-RAT Multimedia Fallback .................................................................................................. 10-3
10.4 Transfering Event Report to Periodical Report ......................................................................... 10-4
11 Neighboring Cell Combination..........................................................................................11-1

12 Compressed Mode ...............................................................................................................12-1
13 Parameters .............................................................................................................................13-1
14 Counters .................................................................................................................................14-1
15 Glossary ..................................................................................................................................15-1
16 Reference Documents .........................................................................................................16-1
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

WCDMA RAN
Handover
1 Introduction
1 Introduction
1.1 Scope
The document describes the handover functional area. It provides an overview of the main functions and
goes into details regarding handover.
1.2 Intended Audience

This document is intended for:
z
Personnel who are familiar with WCDMA basics
Personnel who need to understand handover
Personnel who work with Huawei products
1.3 Change History

This section provides information on the changes in different document versions.
There are two types of changes, which are defined as follows:
z
Feature change: refers to the change in the handover feature.
Editorial change: refers to the change in wording or the addition of the information that was not
described in the earlier version.
Document Issues
The document issues are as follows:
z
02 (2010-06-20)
01 (2010-03-30)
Draft (2009-12-05)
02 (2010-06-20)
This is the document for the third commercial release of RAN11.0.
Compared with 02 (2009-06-30) of RAN11.1, this issue incorporates no feature changes.
Change
Type
Change Description
Parameter Change
Feature
change
None.
The parameter EHSPACMPermissionInd is

added to 12 Compressed Mode.
Editorial
change
None.
None.
01 (2010-03-30)
This is the document for the first commercial release of RAN12.0.
Compared with issue Draft (2009-12-05) of RAN12.0, this issue optimizes the description.
Draft (2009-12-05)
This is the draft of the document.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

1-1
WCDMA RAN
Handover
1 Introduction
Compared with issue 02 (2009-06-30) of RAN11.0, this issue incorporates the changes described in the
following table.
Change
Type
Change Description
Parameter Change
Feature
change
HCS traffic absorption is removed.
The parameters deleted are as follows:

z
HSPA+ handover is moved from HSPA+ Feature

Parameter Description to this document.
INTER_FREQ_TA
None
Compatibility Switch for Dual-frequency Receiver is The parameters added are as follows:
introduced in RAN12.0
z CMP_UU_ADJACENT_FREQ_CM_
SWITCH
Editorial
change
1-2
None
None

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
2 Overview of Handover
2 Overview of Handover
Handover is a basic function of the cellular mobile network. The purpose of handover is to ensure that a
UE in CELL_DCH state is served continuously when it moves.
Figure 2-1 shows the handovers supported by the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System
(UMTS), which include intra-frequency handover, inter-frequency handover, and inter-RAT handover.
Figure 2-1 Handovers supported by the UMTS
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

2-1
WCDMA RAN
Handover
3 Intra-Frequency Handover
3.1 Overview
Intra-frequency handover is classified into:
z
Intra-frequency soft handover: Multiple radio links are connected to the UE at the same time.
Intra-frequency hard handover: Only one radio link is connected to the UE.
Intra-Frequency Soft Handover

Intra-frequency soft handover is more commonly used than intra-frequency hard handover. The types of
intra-frequency soft handover are as follows:
z
Intra-NodeB soft handover (WRFD-020201 Intra Node B Softer Handover, also known as softer
handover)
Intra-RNC inter-NodeB soft handover (WRFD-020202 Intra RNC Soft Handover)
Inter-RNC soft handover (WRFD-020203Inter RNC Soft Handover)
Intra-frequency soft handover is characterized by the function that the UE can be connected to multiple
Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (UTRAN) access points at the same time. Addition and/or
release of radio links are controlled by the ACTIVE SET UPDATE procedure.
Table 3-1 Differences between soft handover and softer handover
Item
Softer Handover
Soft Handover
Scenario
When the UE is in the overlapped

coverage area of multiple neighboring
cells of a NodeB with combined RLs
When the UE is in the overlapped coverage area

of two neighboring cells of different NodeBs
When the UE communicates with

multiple cells by setting up multiple
channels over the Uu interface
When the UE communicates with different cells

by setting up multiple channels over the Uu
interface
Uplink signal Using maximum-ratio combination
Using selective combination
Downlink
signal
Using maximum-ratio combination
Using maximum-ratio combination
Resource use Occupying less Iub bandwidth
Occupying more Iub bandwidth
The HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH parameter is used to determine whether to enable both

soft handover and softer handover. By default, this switch is set to ON, indicating that both soft handover
and softer handover are enabled. After the RNC receives the event 1A, 1B, 1C, or 1D report, it initiates
the corresponding soft handover procedure for the UE. For example, the RNC can add or delete links.
The DivCtrlField parameter indicates whether maximum-ratio combination is enabled in the uplink
during softer handover. When the NodeB decides not to perform maximum-ratio combination (softer
combination), the RNC performs selective combination.
Intra-Frequency Hard Handover

Intra-frequency hard handover (WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover) refers to a handover
where all the old radio links are released before the new radio links are established. Compared with soft
handover, intra-frequency hard handover uses fewer resources.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

3-1
WCDMA RAN
Handover
The scenarios of intra-frequency hard handover are as follows:

z
No Iur interface is present between RNCs. In this scenario, intra-frequency hard handover instead of
soft handover can be performed between two RNCs.
The Iur interface is congested between RNCs. In this scenario, also intra-frequency hard handover
instead of soft handover can be performed between two RNCs.
The intra-frequency soft handover fails and intra-frequency hard handover is allowed.
When intra-frequency soft handover fails because of a congestion problem of the target cell, the RNC
tries an intra-frequency hard handover with a lower service bit rate.
The HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH parameter is used to determine whether to enable

intra-frequency hard handover. By default, this switch is set to ON.
Inter RNC Handover

When the target cell under the target RNC fulfils the criteria for intra-frequency soft handover, intra- or
inter-frequency hard handover, the conditions that the handover over Iur is triggered are as follows:
Whether the Iur interface is available depends on the setting of the following two parameters according
to handover types:
z
Whether intra- or inter- frequency hard handover is allowed over the Iur interface depends on the
setting of the HHOTRIG parameter.
Whether inter RNC soft Handover is allowed depends on the setting of the SHOTRIG parameter.
The SHOTRIG parameter consists of three subswitches:

z
CS_SHO_SWTICH: If CS_SHO_SWTICH is checked, soft handover for CS service over the Iur
interface is allowed.
HSPA_SHO_SWTICH: If HSPA_SHO_SWTICH is checked, soft handover for HSPA service over the
Iur interface is allowed.
NON_HSPA_SHO_SWTICH: If NON_HSPA_SHO_SWTICH is checked, soft handover for non-HSPA

PS service over the Iur interface is allowed.
If the RRC connection has been set up but the Radio Bearers (RBs) have not, whether a cross-Iur soft
handover can be executed is determined by HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH parameter. Only if
the switch is set to ON, can the cross-Iur soft handover be executed.
3.2 Intra-Frequency Handover Procedure

The intra-frequency handover procedure involves three phases: handover measurement, handover
decision, and handover execution.
After the UE transits to the CELL_DCH state in connected mode during a call, the RNC sends a
MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to instruct the UE to take measurements and report the
measurement event results.
The MEASUREMENT CONTROL message carries the following information:
z
Event trigger threshold
Hysteresis value
Event trigger delay time
Neighboring cell list
Upon the reception of an event report from the UE, the RNC makes a handover decision and performs
the corresponding handover, as shown in Figure 3-1.
3-2

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Figure 3-1 Intra-frequency handover procedure
3.3 Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement

In the measurement phase, the UE takes measurements according to the MEASUREMENT CONTROL
message received from the RNC. When the event triggering conditions are met, the UE sends
measurement reports to the RNC according to the rules defined in the MEASUREMENT CONTROL
message.
Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement Quantities

Intra-frequency handover uses Ec/No or RSCP of the CPICH as the measurement value.
Intra-frequency handover measurement quantity can be configured through the parameter
IntraFreqMeasQuantity.
Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement Events

In intra-frequency handover, the UE reports measurement results to the RNC through event reporting.
Event
Description
1A
A primary CPICH enters the reporting range. This indicates that the quality of a cell is close
to the quality of the best cell in the active set. A relatively high combined gain can be
achieved when the cell is added to the active set.
1B
A primary CPICH leaves the reporting range. This indicates that a cell has a lower quality
than the best cell in the active set. The cell has to be deleted from the active set.
1C
A non-active primary CPICH becomes better than an active primary CPICH. This indicates
that the quality of a cell is better than the quality of the worst cell in the active set. The RNC
replaces a cell in the active set with a cell in the monitored set.
1D
The best cell changes.
Triggering of Event 1A
Event 1A is triggered under the following condition:
10 x Log(MNew) + CIONew W x 10 x Log(
NA
M
i =1
) + (1 - W) x 10 x Log(MBest) - (R1a - H1a/2)
MNew is the measurement value of the cell in the reporting range.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

3-3
WCDMA RAN
Handover
z
CIONew is equal to the sum of CIO and CIOOffset, which adjusts the cell boundary in the handover
algorithms. This parameter is determined by network planning according to actual environment
configuration. To facilitate handover in neighboring cell configuration, the parameter is set as a positive
value; otherwise, the parameter is set as a negative value.
W represents weighted factor, which is determined by the parameter Weight. The total quality of the
best cell and the active set is specified by W.
Mi is the measurement value of a cell in the active set.
NA is the number of cells not forbidden to affect the reporting range in the active set. The parameter
CellsForbidden1A indicates whether adding the cell to the active set affects the relative threshold of
event 1A.
MBest is the measurement value of the best cell in the active set.
R1a is the reporting range or the relative threshold of soft handover. The threshold parameters of the
CS non-VP service, VP service, and PS service are as follows:
IntraRelThdFor1ACSVP
IntraRelThdFor1ACSNVP
IntraRelThdFor1APS
For the PS and CS combined services, the threshold for CS services is used.
For the single signaling connection of the UE, the threshold for CS services is used.
H1a represents HYSTFOR1A, the hysteresis value of event 1A
Figure 3-2 shows the triggering of event 1A. In this procedure, the default parameter values are used.
If the signal quality of a cell that is not in the active set is higher than Th1A for a period of time specified
by TrigTime1A (that is, Time to trigger in Figure 3-2), the UE reports event 1A.
Th1A = (CPICH Ec/No of the best cell in the active set) - (reporting range for event 1A)
z
If weighted factor > 0, then Th1A = (general signal quality of all the cells in the active set) - (reporting
range for event 1A).
Reporting range for event 1A is equal to the value of IntraRelThdFor1ACSVP,

IntraRelThdFor1ACSNVP, or IntraRelThdFor1APS.
Figure 3-2 Triggering of event 1A
3-4

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
A: signal quality curve of the best cell in the active set
B: signal quality curve of a cell in the monitored set
C: curve of Th1A
Triggering of Event 1B
Event 1B is triggered under the following condition:
10 x Log(Mold) + CIOold W x 10 x Log(
NB
M
i =1
) + (1-W) x 10 x Log(MBest) - (R1b+H1b/2)
MOld is the measurement value of the cell that becomes worse.
CIOOld is equal to the sum of CIO and CIOOffset, which is the offset between the cell in the reporting
range and the best cell in the active set.
W represents weighted factor, used to weight the quality of the active set. The total quality of the best
cell and the active set is specified by the parameter Weight.
Mi is the measurement value of a cell in the active set.
NB is the number of cells not forbidden to affect the reporting range in the active set. The parameter
CellsForbidden1B indicates whether adding the cell to the active set affects the relative threshold of
event 1B.
R1b is the reporting range or the relative threshold of soft handover. The threshold parameters of the
CS non-VP service, VP service, and PS services are as follows:
IntraRelThdFor1BCSVP
IntraRelThdFor1BCSNVP
IntraRelThdFor1BPS
For the PS and CS combined services, the threshold for CS services is used.
If the UE currently has only signaling connections, the threshold for CS services is used.
H1b is the hysteresis value of event 1B, which is determined by the parameter Hystfor1B.
Configuration rule and restriction

z
The value of IntraRelThdFor1BCSNVP has to be larger than that of IntraRelThdFor1ACSNVP.
The value of IntraRelThdFor1BCSVP has to be larger than that of IntraRelThdFor1ACSVP.
The value of IntraRelThdFor1BPS has to be larger than that of IntraRelThdFor1APS.
Figure 3-3 shows the triggering of event 1B. In this procedure, the default parameter values are used.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

3-5
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Figure 3-3 Triggering of event 1B
B: signal quality curve of the best cell in the monitored set
C: curve of Th1B
Th1B = (CPICH Ec/No of the best cell in the active set) - (reporting range for event 1B)
Where,
z
Reporting range for event 1B is equal to the value of IntraRelThdFor1BCSVP,

IntraRelThdFor1BCSNVP, or IntraRelThdFor1BPS.
If Weight > 0, then Th1B = (general signal quality of all the cells in the active set) - (reporting range for
event 1B).
If the signal quality of a cell in the active set is lower than Th1B for a period of time specified by
TrigTime1B (Time to trigger in the figure), the UE reports event 1B.
Triggering of Event 1C
Event 1C is triggered under the following condition:
10 x Log(MNew) + CIONew 10 x Log(MInAS) + CIOInAS + H1c/2
z
MNew is the measurement value of the cell in the reporting range.
CIONew is the cell individual offset value of the cell in the reporting range. It is equal to the sum of CIO
and CIOOffset, which is the offset between the cell in the reporting range and the best cell in the
active set.
MInAS is the measurement value of the worst cell in the active set.
H1c is the hysteresis value of event 1C, which is determined by the parameter Hystfor1C.
Figure 3-4 shows the triggering of event 1C. In this procedure, the default parameter values are used.
3-6

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Figure 3-4 Triggering of event 1C
B: signal quality curve of a cell in the active set
C: signal quality curve of the worst cell in the active set
D: signal quality curve of a cell in the monitored set
E: curve of Th1C
Th1C = (CPICH Ec/No of the worst cell in the active set) + (hysteresis/2)
Where,
z
Hysteresis is equal to the value of Hystfor1C.
If the signal quality of a cell not in the active set is higher than Th1C for a period of time specified by
TrigTime1C (Time to trigger in the figure), the UE reports event 1C, as shown in the figure.
The UE reports event 1C for qualified cells after the number of cells in the active set reaches the
maximum value. The maximum number of cells in the active set can be set by the MaxCellInActiveSet
parameter.
Triggering of Event 1D
Event 1D is triggered under the following condition:
10 x Log(MNotBest) + CIONotBest 10 x Log(MBest) + CIOBest + H1d/2
z
MNotBest is the measurement value of a cell that is not the best cell.
CIONotBest is equal to the sum of CIO and CIOOffset, which is the offset between the cell in the
reporting range and the best cell in the active set.
CIOBest is the cell individual offset value of the best cell. This parameter is not used for event 1D.
H1d is the hysteresis value of event 1D, which is determined by the parameter Hystfor1D.
Figure 3-5 shows the triggering of event 1D. In this procedure, the default parameter values are used.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

3-7
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Figure 3-5 Triggering of event 1D
B: signal quality curve of a cell in the active set or the monitored set
C: curve of Th1D
Hysteresis is equal to the value of Hystfor1D.
If the signal quality of a cell not in the active set is higher than Th1D for a period of time specified by
TrigTime1D (Time to trigger in the figure), the UE reports event 1D.
3.4 Intra-Frequency Handover Decision and Execution

The intra-frequency handover decision and execution procedure depends on the different measurement
events that the RNC receives.
When receiving an event 1A, 1C, or 1D report, the RNC adds a target cell to the active set only when the
CPICH Ec/No of the target cell is higher than the absolute threshold SHOQualmin.
Table 3-2 lists different types of intra-frequency handover decision and execution based on different
events.
Table 3-2 Intra-frequency handover decision and execution
Event Decision and Execution
1A
When receiving an event 1A report, the RNC decides whether to add a cell.
For event 1A, the UE can report more than one cell in the event list in one measurement report.
These cells are in the list of the MEASUREMENT CONTROL message, and they are sequenced
in descending order of measurement quantity.
For the cells in the list, the RNC adds the radio link to the active set only if the number of cells in
the active set does not reach the maximum value. This operation is not required if the number of
cells in the active set reaches a specified value.
1B
When receiving an event 1B report, the RNC decides whether to delete a cell.
For event 1B, if there is more than one radio link in the active set, the RNC decides whether to
delete a radio link. This operation is not required if there is only one radio link in the active set.
3-8

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Event Decision and Execution

1C
When receiving an event 1C report, the RNC decides whether to change the worst cell.
For event 1C, the UE reports a list that contains good cells and the cells to be replaced, and
sequences the cells in descending order by measurement quantity. After receiving the list from
the UE, the RNC replaces the bad cells in the active set with the good cells in the list.
1D
As stipulated in related protocols, an event 1D report includes information about only one cell.
This cell can be listed in an active set or a monitored set. The RNC learns that the quality of this
cell is better than that of the serving cell and takes one of the following actions:
If the reported cell is in the active set, the RNC decides whether to change the best cell or
reconfigure measurement control.
If the reported cell is in the monitored set, then:
z
If the number of cells in the active set has not reached the maximum value, the RNC adds the
cell to the active set.
If the number of cells in the active set has reached the maximum value, the RNC replaces the
worst cell in the active set with the reported cell.
The best cell is changed to the reported cell.
The RNC determines whether the intra-frequency hard handover scenarios are applicable. If
any scenario is applicable, the RNC performs an intra-frequency hard handover.
3.5 Rate Reduction After an SHO Failure

If the radio link fails to be added for a soft handover, the rate reduction is triggered for R99 Non Real
Time (NRT) services to increase the probability of a successful soft handover.
Estimation Procedure for Rate Reduction

If the RNC receives a 1A, 1C, or 1D measurement report, the RNC tries to add the corresponding cell to
the active set. If the addition fails, the RNC performs the estimation procedure for rate reduction.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

3-9
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Figure 3-6 Estimation procedure for rate reduction
1. The RNC evaluates whether the measurement quantity of the cell failing to be admitted meets the
condition of rate reduction.
If
the condition is met, the RNC performs a rate reduction process for the access service immediately,
as described in the next section Procedure of Rate Reduction Execution.
If
the condition is not met, the RNC performs the next step (Step 2).
The condition of rate reduction is as follows: Mnew > Mbest_cell - RelThdForDwnGrd

Mnew
is the CPICH Ec/No measurement value of the cell failing to be admitted.
Mbest_cell
is the CPICH Ec/No measurement value of the best cell in the active set.
RelThdForDwnGrd
is a parameter.
2. The RNC evaluates whether the number of SHO failures in the cell exceeds the
ShoFailNumForDwnGrd.
z
If the number of SHO failures in the cell is smaller than the ShoFailNumForDwnGrd:
If
the timer has not been started, the RNC starts it.
If
the timer has been started, the RNC increments the SHO failure counter by one.
The timer length is set through the parameter ShoFailPeriod.

The SHO failure counter of a cell is used to record the number of SHO failures in this cell. For each UE,
the RNC records the number of SHO failures in three cells at most. For SHO failures in any other cells,
the RNC does not record the number.
Before the SHO failure evaluation timer expires, no action is taken and the RNC waits for the next
measurement report period.
When the SHO failure evaluation timer expires, the RNC sets the SHO failure counter of the
corresponding cell to 0 and ends the evaluation.
z
If the number of SHO failures in the cell is larger than or equal to the parameter
ShoFailNumForDwnGrd, the RNC performs a rate reduction process for the access service,
3-10

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Procedure of Rate Reduction Execution

Figure 3-7 Procedure of rate reduction execution
1. The RNC performs a rate reduction process for the access service. The method of determining the
access rate after the rate reduction is the same as that described in Rate Negotiation of Load Control
Feature Parameter Description.
2. After the rate reduction succeeds, the RNC immediately attempts to add this cell to the active set
without measurement:
z
If the cell succeeds in admitting the UE, the RNC adds the radio link and sets the SHO failure counter
of the cell to 0 and ends the execution.
If the cell fails to admit the UE, the RNC starts the penalty timer (DcccShoPenaltyTime) to avoid an
increase in the rate triggered by DCCC within the period. Also in this period, the RNC sets the SHO
failure counter of the cell to 0 and ends the execution.
If the RNC fails to perform a soft handover again, it performs the estimation procedure and the execution
procedure, as previously described.
3.6 Signaling Procedures for Intra-Frequency Handover

3.6.1 Intra-NodeB Intra-Frequency Soft Handover Signaling
Procedure
This section describes the signaling procedure for intra-frequency soft handover within a NodeB.
Figure 3-8 shows the procedure for intra-frequency soft handover when the UE moves from one cell to
another cell within the same NodeB.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

3-11
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Figure 3-8 Procedure for intra-NodeB intra-frequency soft handover
The connections involved in the intra-NodeB intra-frequency softer handover change are as follows:
z
Before the softer handover, only cell 1 is connected to the UE.
During the softer handover, both cell 1 and cell 2 are connected to the UE.
After the softer handover, only cell 2 is connected to the UE. Cell 1 is removed from the active set.
Figure 3-9 Signaling procedure for intra-NodeB intra-frequency soft handover
3-12

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
3.6.2 Intra-RNC Inter-NodeB Intra-Frequency Soft Handover

Signaling Procedure
This section describes the signaling procedure for intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency soft handover.
Figure 3-8 shows the procedure for intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency soft handover.
Figure 3-10 Procedure for intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency soft handover
Before the soft handover, only NodeB 1 is connected to the UE.
During the soft handover, both NodeBs are connected to the UE.
After the soft handover, only NodeB 2 is connected to the UE. The active set of NodeB 1 is removed.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

3-13
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Figure 3-11 Signaling procedure for intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency soft handover
3.6.3 Inter-RNC Intra-Frequency Soft Handover Signaling Procedure

This section describes the signaling procedure for inter-RNC intra-frequency soft handover.
Figure 3-8 shows the procedure for inter-RNC intra-frequency soft handover.
3-14

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Figure 3-12 Procedure for inter-RNC intra-frequency soft handover
Before the soft handover, the UE is connected to NodeB 1 and NodeB 2.
After the SRNC makes a soft handover decision, it sets up a connection between NodeB 3 under
another RNC and the UE, and releases the connection between NodeB 1 and the UE.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

3-15
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Figure 3-13 Signaling procedure for inter-RNC intra-frequency soft handover
3.6.4 Intra-RNC Inter-NodeB Intra-Frequency Hard Handover

Signaling Procedure
The signaling procedure of intra-NodeB intra-frequency hard handover is similar to that of Intra-RNC
inter-NodeB intra-frequency hard handover. This section describes the signaling procedure for only the
intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency hard handover.
3-16

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Figure 3-14 Procedure for intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency hard handover
Figure 3-15 Signaling procedure for intra-RNC inter-NodeB intra-frequency hard handover
As shown in Figure 3-15, NodeB 1 is the source NodeB and NodeB 2 is the target NodeB.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

3-17
WCDMA RAN
Handover
3.6.5 Inter-RNC Intra-Frequency Hard Handover Signaling

Procedure
Figure 3-16 shows the procedure for intra-frequency hard handover when a UE moves from one NodeB
in an SRNC to another NodeB in a DRNC.
Figure 3-16 Procedure for inter-RNC intra-frequency hard handover
3-18

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Figure 3-17 Signaling procedure for inter-RNC intra-frequency hard handover
As shown in Figure 3-17, NodeB 1 is the source NodeB and NodeB 2 is the target NodeB.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

3-19
WCDMA RAN
Handover
4 Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Handover

4.1 Overview
Based on the handover triggering causes, the inter-frequency and Inter-RAT handover falls into five
categories, as described in Table 4-1.
Inter-RAT handover refers to the handover performed between 3G network and 2G network.
This section mainly describes the 3G-to2G coverage handover and QoS handover. Except the cause of
the triggering is different, the handover procedure is the same for the coverage handover and QoS
handover.
Table 4-1 Types of inter-frequency and inter-RAT handover
Type
Description
Coverage
handover
Coverage handover involves the following features:

z
WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage
WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage
If a moving UE leaves the coverage of the current frequency, the RNC needs to trigger
the coverage-based inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover to avoid call drops.
For details, see 5 Coverage or QoS Handover.
QoS
handover
QoS handover involves the following features:

z
WRFD-020304 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS
WRFD-020309 Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS
If the link quality becomes worse, the Link Stability Control Algorithm may trigger the
QoS-based inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover to avoid call drops.
For details, see 5 Coverage or QoS Handover.
LDR
handover
When the LDR function detects the basic congestion, the RNC chooses some UEs and
performs the inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover according to user priorities and
service priorities to balance the load between inter-frequency or inter-RAT cells.
For details, see 6 Load Handover.
Service
handover
Service handover involves the feature WRFD-020305 Inter-RAT Handover Based on

Service
Based on layered services, the traffic of different classes is handed over to different
systems. For example, when an Adaptive Multi Rate (AMR) speech service is requested,
this service can be handed over to the 2G network.
For details, see 6 Load Handover.
HCS
handover
HCS handover involves the feature WRFD-021200 HCS.

Inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover can be triggered by the UE speed estimation
algorithm of the HCS. To reduce frequent handovers, the UE at a higher speed is handed
over to a cell under a larger coverage, whereas the UE at a lower speed is handed over to
a cell under a smaller coverage.
For details, see 8 HCS Handover.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

4-1
WCDMA RAN
Handover
4.2 Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT Handover Switches

Some switches are important for inter-frequency handover because they decide whether the handover
can be performed successfully. These switches are the parameter values of handover algorithm
switches in the command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH, as described below.
HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH: The switch decides whether the RNC allows inter-frequency
handover.
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH: The switch decides whether the RNC allows inter-RAT handover
of the PS domain from the UTRAN.
HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH: The switch decides whether the RNC allows inter-RAT handover
of the CS domain from the UTRAN.
HHOTRIG: The switch decides whether intra- or inter- frequency hard handover is allowed over the Iur
interface.
HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH: The switch decides when the RNC performs the active set signal quality
measurement before the RB setup. If the UE is at the cell verge or the signal is weak signals after
accessing the network, the RNC can trigger inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover when the UE sets up
the RRC.
z
If the switch is set to ON, the RNC initiates the active set quality measurement after the RRC
connection setup is completed (before the RB setup).
If the switch is set to OFF, the RNC initiates the active set quality measurement after the RB setup is
completed.
The switch is set to OFF by default.
HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH: The switch decides whether the neighboring cell will be

sent in the inter-frequency measurement control message when the frequency of the neighboring cell is
not included in the measurement capability of the UE. The reported measurement capability of the UE is
not the same as the actual measurement capability of the UE. Measurement capability at some
frequencies may not be reported due to the limitation of the version of UE protocol.
z
If the switch is set to ON, the RNC sends the inter-frequency measurement control message with the
neighboring cell, whose frequency is not included in the measurement capability of the UE.
If the switch is set to OFF, the RNC sends the inter-frequency measurement control message without
the neighboring cell, whose frequency is not included in the measurement capability of the UE.
The switch is set to OFF by default.
4.3 Signaling Procedures for Inter-Frequency Handover

4.3.1 Inter-Frequency Handover Within One RNC
Figure 4-1 shows the inter-frequency handover for a UE that moves from NodeB 1 to NodeB 2 within one
RNC. Before the handover, the UE sets up a connection to NodeB 1. After the handover, the UE sets up
a connection to NodeB 2.
The signaling procedure of inter-frequency handover within one NodeB is similar to that between
NodeBs within one RNC.
4-2

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Figure 4-1 Inter-frequency handover between NodeBs within one RNC
Figure 4-2 Signaling procedure for inter-frequency handover between NodeBs within one RNC
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

4-3
WCDMA RAN
Handover
As shown in Figure 4-2, NodeB 1 is the source NodeB, whereas NodeB 2 is the target NodeB. From step
1 through step 6, a new connection is set up. From step 7 through step 9, the original connection is
released.
4.3.2 Inter-Frequency Handover Between RNCs

Figure 4-3 shows the signaling procedure for inter-frequency hard handover for a UE that moves from a
NodeB to another NodeB between the RNCs. Before the handover, the UE sets up a connection to
NodeB 1. After the handover, the UE sets up a connection to NodeB 2.
Figure 4-3 Inter-frequency hard handover between the RNCs
4-4

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Figure 4-4 Signaling procedure for inter-frequency hard handover between the RNCs
NodeB 1 is the source NodeB, whereas NodeB 2 is the target NodeB. From step 1 through step 10, a
new connection is set up. From step 11 through step 13, the original connection is released.
4.4 Signaling Procedures for Inter-RAT Handover

4.4.1 3G-to-2G Handover in the CS Domain
Figure 4-5 shows the signaling procedure for the 3G-to-2G handover in the CS domain. The 2G
messages shown in Figure 4-5 are for your reference only.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

4-5
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Figure 4-5 3G-to-2G handover in the CS domain
4.4.2 3G-to-2G Handover in the PS Domain

When a UE in idle mode or connected mode, if the SGSN changes with the shift of the system that the
UE accesses from 3G network to 2G network, the inter-SGSN handover will be performed.
The handover procedures are different in the following two cases:
z
When the UE is in CELL_DCH state

The 3G-to-2G handover in the PS domain is triggered after the UTRAN sends a CELL CHANGE
ORDER FROM UTRAN message.
When the UE is in CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH state

The 3G-to-2G handover in the PS domain is triggered through the cell reselection.
The following figure shows an example of handover for the UE in CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or
URA_PCH state. When the UE is in idle mode, the cell reselection procedure does not include the
elementary procedures marked "UE CONNECTED" in Figure 4-6.
4-6

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Figure 4-6 Example of the 3G-to-2G handover in the PS domain
4.4.3 3G-to-2G Handover in Both CS Domain and PS Domain

This section describes the 3G-to-2G handover in both CS domain and PS domain in detail.
Inter-RAT Handover in Both CS Domain and PS Domain

For a UE in CELL_DCH state using both CS and PS domain services, the inter-RAT handover procedure
is based on the measurement reports from the UE but is initiated from the UTRAN.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

4-7
WCDMA RAN
Handover
The UE performs the inter-RAT handover from UTRA RRC connected mode to GSM connected mode
first. After the UE sends a HANDOVER COMPLETE message to the GSM/BSS, the UE initiates a
temporary block procedure towards the GPRS to suspend the GPRS services. After the CS domain
services are released on the GSM side, the inter-RAT handover in the PS domain is initiated and then
completed.
If the inter-RAT handover from UTRA RRC Connected Mode to GSM Connected Mode succeeds, the
handover is regarded as successful, no matter whether the UE initiates a temporary block procedure
towards the GPRS.
In case of inter-RAT handover failure, the UE may go back to the UTRA RRC Connected Mode and
re-establish the connection in the original state.
SGSN Service Suspend and Resume

When the CS connection is terminated, the BSS may send a RESUME message to the SGSN. However,
resume is impossible since the radio access system has changed. Therefore, the SGSN acknowledges
the resume through a RESUME NACK message.
The UE sends a ROUTING AREA UPDATE REQUEST message to the SGSN to resume the GPRS
service. The update mode depends on the network operation mode in use.
Figure 4-7 Intra-SGSN service suspend and resume
4-8

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Figure 4-8 Inter-SGSN service suspend and resume
4.4.4 2G-to-3G Handover in the CS Domain

When a GSM cell has a neighboring UMTS cell, the measurement control information is contained in the
system information. The dual-mode MS performs the inter-RAT measurement in idle timeslots and
reports the measurement result. Then, the BSC decides whether to start the inter-RAT handover
according to the measurement result.
The GSM system uses time division multiple access technology, and the inter-RAT measurement is
performed in idle timeslots. Therefore, the GSM need not support the compressed mode.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

4-9
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Figure 4-9 2G-to-3G handover in the CS domain
4.4.5 2G-to-3G Handover in the PS Domain

Figure 4-10 shows the 2G-to-3G handover in the PS domain.
4-10

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Figure 4-10 2G-to-3G handover in PS domain
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

4-11
WCDMA RAN
Handover
5 Coverage or QoS Handover

If a moving UE leaves the coverage area of the current frequency or the link quality degrades, the RNC
triggers the coverage-based or QoS-based inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover to avoid call drops.
The QoS handover procedure is the same as the coverage handover procedure.
5.1 Coverage or QoS Handover Procedure

Figure 5-1 shows the procedure for the coverage or QoS handover.
Figure 5-1 Coverage or QoS handover procedure
In the triggering phase

If the CPICH of the current cell becomes worse, the UE reports the event 2D. Then the RNC initiates
the coverage handover.
If the link quality of the current service deteriorates, the Link Stability Control Algorithm makes a QoS
handover decision. Then the RNC initiate the QoS handover.
In the measurement phase

The RNC sends an inter-frequency measurement control message to the UE, requesting the NodeB
and UE to start the compressed mode. The RNC also requests the UE to perform the inter-frequency
or inter-RAT handover measurement.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

5-1
WCDMA RAN
Handover
If the CPICH of the current cell becomes better, the UE reports the event 2F. Then the RNC stops the
compressed mode and the coverage handover.
In this phase, the method of either periodical measurement report or event-triggered measurement
report can be used.
z
In the decision phase

After the UE reports event 2B or 3A, the RNC performs the handover. Or the UE periodically generates
measurement reports, and the RNC makes a decision after evaluation.
In the execution phase

The RNC executes the handover procedure.
5.2 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement

In the measurement phase of inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover, the UE takes measurement
according to the MEASUREMENT CONTROL message received from the RNC. When the
measurement report conditions are met, the UE sends measurement reports to the RNC according to
the rules defined in the MEASUREMENT CONTROL message.
For detailed information on the quality estimation, see section "Frequency Quality Estimate" in 3GPP TS
25.331.
5.2.1 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement Report Modes

The coverage-based and QoS-based handover use event-triggered or periodical measurement report
mode.
z
InterFreqReportMode: The measurement report mode of inter-frequency handover.
InterRatReportMode: The measurement report mode of inter-RAT handover.
PrdReportInterval: The periodical measurement report interval of inter-frequency handover.
InterRATPeriodReportInterval: The periodical measurement report interval of inter-RAT handover.
The advantage of periodical measurement report is that if the handover fails, the RNC reattempts the
handover to the same cell after receiving the periodical measurement report from the UE. This increases
the probability of the success of inter-frequency handover.
Based on the measurement control message received from the RNC, the UE periodically reports the
measurement quality of the target cell. Then, based on the measurement report, the RNC makes the
handover decision and performs handover.
5.2.2 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement Quantity

Measurement quantities vary according to the type of inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover.
The used frequency belongs to a UMTS cell and the used frequency measurement quantities are set as
follows:
z
In inter-frequency or inter-RAT coverage or QoS handover, event 2B/2D/2F or periodical measurement

takes both CPICH Ec/No and RSCP as measurement quantities.
In coverage-based inter-RAT handover, the system delivers both CPICH Ec/N0 and CPICH RSCP for
2D/2F measurement. To deliberately limit the types of measurement quantity, you can set the
corresponding threshold of the limited measurement quantity to the minimum value. For example, if
event 2D of CS service Ec/No can be reported but the RSCP cannot, the parameter
InterRATCSThd2DRSCP or InterFreqCSThd2DRSCP is set to the minimum value, that is, -115.
In inter-RAT coverage handover, the event 3A measurement quantity is set through the parameter
MeasQuantityOf3A.
5-2

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
z
In inter-RAT QoS handover, the event 3A measurement quantity is set through the parameter
UsedFreqMeasQuantityForQos3A.
The unused frequencies belong to a GSM cell, and the unused frequency measurement quantity is
referred to as to GSM RSSI.
5.2.3 Coverage or QoS Handover Measurement Events

When the measurement thresholds are reached, the UE reports the events to the RNC to trigger related
handover procedures.
Table 5-1 describes the measurement events involved in inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover.
Table 5-1 Measurement events involved in inter-frequency handover
Event
Description
2D
The estimated quality of the currently used frequency is below a certain

threshold.
2F
The estimated quality of the currently used frequency is above a certain

threshold.
2B
The estimated quality of the currently used frequency is below a certain

threshold and the estimated quality of a non-used frequency is above a
certain threshold.
3A
The estimated quality of the currently used UTRAN frequency is below a

certain threshold and the estimated quality of the other system is above a
certain threshold.
Triggering of Event 2D
After the conditions of event 2D are fulfilled and maintained until the TimeToTrig2D is reached, the UE
sends the event 2D measurement report message.
Event 2D is triggered on the basis of the following formula:
QUsed TUsed2d - H2d/2
z
QUsed is the measured quality of the used frequency.
TUsed2d is the absolute quality threshold of the cell that uses the current frequency. Based on the
service type and measurement quantity, this threshold can be configured through one of the following
parameters:
Inter-frequencyparameters
InterFreqCSThd2DEcN0
InterFreqR99PsThd2DEcN0
InterFreqHThd2DEcN0
InterFreqCSThd2DRSCP
InterFreqR99PsThd2DRSCP
InterFreqHThd2DRSCP
Inter-RAT parameter
InterRATCSThd2DEcN0
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

5-3
WCDMA RAN
Handover

InterRATR99PsThd2DEcN0
InterRATHThd2DEcN0
InterRATCSThd2DRSCP
InterRATR99PsThd2DRSCP
InterRATHThd2DRSCP
The parameters related to HSPA handover are valid only when the switch
HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH is set to ON. Otherwise, all the PS domain services will take the
parameters related to R99 PS service as a measurement event threshold.
For
If
z
the PS and CS combined services, the threshold is set to the higher one of CS or PS services.
the UE has only signaling connections currently, the thresholds for CS services are used.
H2d is the event 2D hysteresis value set through the parameter HystFor2D.
Triggering of Event 2F
After the conditions of event 2F are fulfilled and maintained until the parameter TimeToTrig2F is reached,
the UE reports the event 2F measurement report message.
Event 2F is triggered on the basis of the following formula:
QUsed TUsed2f + H2f/2
Where,
z
TUsed2f is the absolute quality threshold of the cell that uses the current frequency. Based on the
parameters:
Inter-frequency parameters
InterFreqCSThd2FEcN0
InterFreqCSThd2FRSCP
InterFreqR99PsThd2FEcN0
InterFreqR99PsThd2FRSCP
InterFreqHThd2FEcN0
InterFreqHThd2FRSCP
Inter-RAT parameters
InterRATCSThd2FEcN0
InterRATR99PsThd2FEcN0
InterRATHThd2FEcN0
InterRATCSThd2FRSCP
InterRATR99PsThd2FRSCP
InterRATHThd2FRSCP
The parameters related to HSPA handover are valid only when the switch
HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH is set to ON. Otherwise, all the PS domain services will take the
parameters related to R99 PS service as a measurement event threshold.
For
If
z
the PS and CS combined services, the threshold is set to the higher one of CS or PS services.
the UE has only signaling connections currently, the thresholds for CS services are used.
H2f is the event 2F hysteresis value set through the parameter HystFor2F.
5-4

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Triggering of Event 2B
After the conditions of event 2B are fulfilled and maintained until the parameter TimeToTrig2B is
reached, the UE reports the event 2B measurement report message.
Event 2B is triggered on the basis of the following formula:
QNoused TNoused2b + H2b/2
QUsed TUsed2b - H2b/2
Where,
z
QNoused is the measured quality of the cell that uses the other frequencies.
H2b is the event 2B hysteresis value set through the parameter HystFor2B.
TNoused2b is the absolute quality threshold of the cell that uses the other frequencies. Based on the
parameters:
TargetFreqCsThdEcN0
TargetFreqCsThdRscp
TargetFreqR99PsThdEcN0
TargetFreqR99PsThdRscp
TargetFreqHThdEcN0
TargetFreqHThdRscp
TUsed2b is the absolute quality threshold of the cell that uses the current frequency.
TUsed2b is set in the following way:

z
Based on the service type and measurement quantity, this threshold can be configured through one of
the following parameters:
If event 2D with the CPICH RSCP value is received by the RNC:
TUsed2b
of event 2B with the CPICH RSCP value can be:
UsedFreqCSThdRSCP
UsedFreqR99PsThdRSCP
UsedFreqHThdRSCP
TUsed2b
of event 2B with the CPICH Ec/No value is configured as the maximum value 0 dB.
According to 3GPP specifications, TUsed2b of event 2B with the CPICH Ec/No value should be
configured as the maximum value 0 dB. If the event 2F with the CPICH Ec/No value is received by
the RNC and TUsed2b of event 2B with the CPICH Ec/No value is modified, TUsed2b is reset to 0
dB.
If event 2D with the CPICH Ec/No value is received by the RNC:
TUsed2b
of event 2B with the CPICH Ec/No value can be:
UsedFreqCSThdEcN0
UsedFreqR99PsThdEcN0
UsedFreqHThdEcN0
TUsed2b
of event 2B with the CPICH RSCP value is configured as the maximum value 25 dBm.
According to 3GPP specification, TUsed2b of event 2B with the CPICH RSCP value should be
configured as the maximum value 25 dBm. If event 2F with the CPICH RSCP value is received by
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

5-5
WCDMA RAN
Handover
the RNC and TUsed2b of event 2B with the CPICH RSCP value is modified, TUsed2b is reset to 25
dBm.
z
The parameters related to HSPA handover are valid only when the switch HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH is set to ON.
Otherwise, all the PS domain services will take the parameters related to R99 PS service as a measurement event
threshold.
For the PS and CS combined services, the threshold is set to the higher one of CS or PS services.
If the UE has only signaling connections currently, the thresholds for CS services are used.
Triggering of Event 3A
When the conditions for event 3A are met and maintained in time-to-trigger specified by TrigTime3A the
UE sends the measurement report of event 3A.
Event 3A is triggered on the basis of the following formula:
QUsed TUsed - H3a/2 and MOtherRAT + CIOOtherRAT TOtherRAT + H3a/2
Where,
z
QUsed is the measurement value of the cell at the currently used frequency.
TUsed is the absolute quality threshold of the cell that uses the current frequency. Based on the service
type and measurement quantity in the coverage-based handover, TUsed can be configured through the
following parameters
UsedFreqCSThdEcN0
UsedFreqCSThdRSCP
UsedFreqHThdEcN0
UsedFreqHThdRSCP
UsedFreqR99PsThdEcN0
In the Coverage-based handover, based on the measurement quantity (CPICH Ec/No or RSCP), TUsed
is configured as follows:
If
the measurement quantity is CPICH Ec/No:
If 2D is triggered by RSCP, TUsed is configured as the maximum value 0 dB.

If 2D is triggered by Ec/No, TUsed is configured as the Ec/No threshold specified by the previous
parameters.
If
the measurement quantity is CPICH RSCP:
If 2D is triggered by RSCP, TUsed is configured as the RSCP threshold specified by the previous
parameters..
If 2D is triggered by Ec/No, TUsed is configured as the maximum value -25 dBm.
In the uplink QoS-based handover, based on the measurement quantity (CPICH Ec/No or RSCP),
TUsed is configured as the maximum value according to 3GPP specifications, as described below:
If
the measurement quantity is CPICH Ec/No, TUsed is configured as the maximum value 0 dB.
If
the measurement quantity is CPICH RSCP, TUsed is configured as the maximum value 25 dBm.
In the downlink QoS-based handover:

If
the measurement quantity is CPICH Ec/No, TUsed is configured as the maximum value 0 dB.
If
the measurement quantity is CPICH RSCP, based on the service type , TUsed can be configured as
one of the following sums:
UsedFreqCSThdRSCP
5-6
and DlRscpQosHyst

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
UsedFreqHThdRSCP
and DlRscpQosHyst
and DlRscpQosHyst
MOtherRAT is the measurement value of the cell (in another RAT) in the reporting range.
CIOOtherRAT is the cell individual offset value of the cell (in another RAT) in the reporting range which
is equal to the sum of CIO and CIOOffset.
TOtherRAT is the absolute inter-RAT handover threshold. Based on different service types (CS , PS
domain R99 service, or PS domain HSPA service), this threshold can be configured through the
following parameters:
TargetRatCsThd
TargetRatR99PsThd
TargetRatHThd
H3a is 3A hysteresis, the hysteresis value of event 3A.
For the PS and CS combined services, the threshold for CS service is used.
5.2.4 BSIC Verification Requirements for 2G Cells

During inter-RAT measurement, it is recommended that the UE report the 2G cell to the RNC after the
Base Transceiver Station Identity Code (BSIC) of the cell is verified. This greatly enhances the reliability
of handover. The parameter BSICVerify is the control switch for the BSIC verification.
5.3 Coverage or QoS Handover Decision and Execution

5.3.1 Inter-Frequency Coverage or QoS Handover Decision and
Execution
The coverage-based and QoS-based inter-frequency handovers are categorized into two types
according to the following two measurement report modes: periodical measurement report mode and
event-triggered measurement report mode. Each mode corresponds to a different decision and
execution procedure.
HOCovPrio specifies the neighboring cell priority for coverage based inter-frequency handover.
Inter-Frequency Handover in Periodical Measurement Report Mode

After receiving the periodical measurement report of the inter-frequency cell, the RNC starts the
following decision procedures:
1. Decide whether both the CPICH Ec/No value and CPICH RSCP value of the pilot signal of the target
cell meet the requirement of inter-frequency handover.
The evaluation formula is listed below:
Mother_Freq + CIOother_Freq Tother_Freq + H/2
Where,
Mother_Freq
is the CPICH Ec/No or CPICH RSCP measurement value of the target cell reported by the
UE. Both of the two measurement values of the inter-frequency cell must satisfy the formula.
CIOother_Freq
is the cell individual offset value of the target cell. It is equal to the sum of CIO and
CIOOffset.
Tother_Freq
is the decision threshold of inter-frequency hard handover. Based on the service type and
measurement quantity, this threshold can be configured through one of the following parameters:
TargetFreqCsThdEcN0
TargetFreqCsThdRscp
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

5-7
WCDMA RAN
Handover
TargetFreqR99PsThdEcN0
TargetFreqR99PsThdRscp
TargetFreqHThdEcN0
TargetFreqHThdRscp
These thresholds are the same as the quality threshold of event 2B.
H
is the inter-frequency hard handover hysteresis value set through the parameter
HystForPrdInterFreq.
2. Start the hard handover time-to-trigger timer, which is configured through the parameter
TimeToTrigForPrdInterFreq.
3. If Mother_Freq + CIOother_Freq < Tother_Freq - H/2, stop the timer.
4. Select the cells in sequence, that is, from high quality cells to low quality ones, to initiate
inter-frequency handover in the cells where the hard handover time-to-trigger timer expires.
Each cell in the measurement report shall be evaluated as mentioned previously. When the hard
handover time-to-trigger timers of more than one cell expire at the same time, the latest measurement
report is used for selecting the best inter-frequency neighboring cell for handover. For example, the cell
with the highest CPICH RSCP in the latest measurement report is selected, as shown in Figure 5-2.
Figure 5-2 Selecting the cell with the highest CPICH RSCP
Inter-Frequency Handover in Event-Triggered Measurement Report Mode

After receiving the event 2B measurement reports of CPICH RSCP and CPICH Ec/No of the
inter-frequency cell, the RNC starts the following procedure:
1. Add all the pilot cells that trigger event 2B to a cell set and arrange the cells according to the
measurement quality of CPICH_Ec/No in descending order.
2. Select the cells in turn from the cell set to perform inter-frequency handover.
5-8

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
5.3.2 3G-to-2G Coverage and QoS Handover Decision and

Execution
The coverage-based and QoS-based 3G-to-2G handover is categorized into two types according to the
following two measurement report modes: periodical measurement report mode and event-triggered
measurement report mode. Each mode corresponds to a different decision and execution procedure.
3G-to-2G Coverage and QoS Handover in Periodical Report Mode

After receiving the periodical measurement report of GSM cells, the RNC performs the following decision
and execution procedures:
1. Decide whether the quality of 2G cells meets the conditions of inter-RAT handover.
The evaluation formula is listed below:
Mother_RAT + CIOother_RAT Tother_RAT + H/2
Where,
Mother_RAT
is the measurement result of inter-RAT handover received by the RNC.
CIOother_RAT
is the cell individual offset value of the target cell. It is equal to the sum of CIO and
CIOOffset.
Tother_RAT
is the decision threshold of inter-RAT hard handover.
Based on the service type and measurement quantity, this threshold can be configured through the
TargetRatCsThd
TargetRatR99PsThd
TargetRatHThd
H
is the inter-RAT handover hysteresis value set through HystforInterRAT.
For
the PS and CS combined services, one or more handover thresholds for CS services are used.
2. Start the evaluation of the cells that meet the quality requirement and start the time-to-trigger timer. If
the measurement report meet the following formula and time-to-trigger timer does not expire, stop
the time-to-trigger timer.
Mother_RAT + CIOother_RAT < Tother_RAT - H/2
The length of the time-to-trigger timer is configured through the parameter TimeToTrigForVerify (with
BSIC acknowledged) or the parameter TimeToTrigForNonVerify (with BSIC unacknowledged).
3. Select the cells in sequence, that is, from high quality cells to low quality ones, to initiate 3G-to-2G
handover in the cells where the handover time-to-trigger timer expires.
3G-to-2G Coverage and QoS Handover in Event Report Mode

After receiving the event 3A measurement report of 2G cells, the RNC performs the following decision
and execution procedures:
1. Put all the 2G cells that trigger event 3A into a cell set and arrange the cells according to the
measurement quality in descending order.
2. Select the cells in sequence from the cell set to perform inter-RAT handover.
5.4 Rules for 3G-to-2G Coverage or QoS Handover

The rules for enabling the 3G-to-2G handover are based on the Service Handover Indicator and the
capability requirement. The rules vary according to the types of inter-RAT handover.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

5-9
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Capability Requirement
Before deciding the 3G-to-2G handover, the RNC considers 2G cell capability, service capability and UE
capability.
z
2G cell capability: 2G cell capability is configured through the parameter RatCellType. This parameter
indicates whether the cell supports the GSM, GPRS, or EDGE.
Service required capability: The Required 2G Capability (Req2GCap) specifies the capability of 2G
cells required by inter-RAT handover. This indicates whether the service is supported by the GSM,
GPRS, or EDGE.
UE capability: Upon the reception of the UE capability information message, the RNC decides whether
to start the inter-RAT measurement. The information indicates whether the UE supports the GSM,
GPRS, or EDGE.
The following tables describe the impacts of different types of capability on handover decision. If the
capability of all 2G neighboring cells does not meet the requirement, the inter-RAT measurement will not
be triggered.
Table 5-2 Impacts of different types of capability on handover decision
2G Cell
Capability
UE Capability
EDGE
GPRS
GSM
Service Required Capability

EDGE
GPRS
GSM
EDGE
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
GPRS
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
GSM
Not allowed
Not allowed
Allowed
Not supported by 2G Not allowed
Not allowed
Not allowed
EDGE
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
GPRS
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
GSM
Not allowed
Not allowed
Allowed
Not allowed
Not allowed
EDGE
Not allowed
Not allowed
Allowed
GPRS
Not allowed
Not allowed
Allowed
GSM
Not allowed
Not allowed
Allowed
Not allowed
Not allowed
Service Handover Indicator

The RNC initiates the coverage- or QoS-based UMTS-to-GSM handover only when Service Handover
Indicator is as follows:
z
HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM
HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_NOT_BE_PERFORM
5-10

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
The IE Service Handover Indicator indicates the CN policy for the service handover to the 2G network.
This IE is indicated in the Radio Access Bearer (RAB) assignment signaling assigned by the CN, or
provided by the RNC side.
The algorithm switch HoSwitch: HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH decides whether the
service attribute of inter-RAT handover is based on the RNC or the CN.
z
If the switch is set to ON, the service attribute of inter-RAT handover is based on the parameter
configured on the RNC side.
If the switch is set to OFF, the service attribute of inter-RAT handover is first based on the CN when
the indicator is contained in the RAB assignment signaling assigned by the CN. If the CN does not
allocate a service indicator, the service attribute of inter-RAT handover is based on the RNC side.
Through the SHIND parameter, the service handover indicators are set as follows:
z
HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM: means that the handover to the 2G network is performed

when 2G signals are available.
HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_NOT_BE_PERFORM: means that the handover to the 2G network is

performed when 3G signals are weak but 2G signals are strong.
HO_TO_GSM_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM: means that the handover to the 2G network is not

performed even when 3G signals are weak but 2G signals are strong.
By default, the RNC does as follows:

z
For a UE with a single signaling RAB, the RNC supports the handover to the GSM. But it is not
recommended.
For the UE accessing combined services (with CS services), the RNC sets the service handover
indicator of the UE to that of the CS service, because the CS service has the highest QoS priority.
For the UE accessing combined services (with only PS services), the RNC sets the service handover
indicator of the UE to that of the PS service with the highest QoS priority
If the service handover indicators are not configured by the CN, each indictor can be set to the service
parameter index of a service on the RNC. Each service parameter index is the index of one typical
service RAB, which involves a set of service type, source description, CN domain ID, and maximum
rate (bit/s).
5.5 3G-to-2G NACC

This section describes the feature WRFD-02030801 NACC (Network Assisted Cell Change).
The Network Assisted Cell Change (NACC) function can efficiently reduce the delay of UMTS-to-GSM
handover.
Some services have requirements for the delay. If the handover takes too long, TCP may start slowly or
data transmission of the service stream may be interrupted due to the overflow of the UE buffer. The
introduction of NACC enables the system information exchange between different BSSs, or between
BSS and RAN. Thus the inter-system delay, especially inter-system delay in PS domains, can be
reduced. With NACC, the RNC sends the UE a cell change order, which contains the GSM EDGE Radio
Access Network (GERAN) system information, when the 3G-to-2G handover in the PS domain is
triggered.
To enable the NACC function, do as follows:
z
Run the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command to set HoSwitch:

HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH to ON.
Run the ADD UEXT2GCELL / MOD UEXT2GCELL command to set SuppRIMFlag to TRUE.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

5-11
WCDMA RAN
Handover
5.6 3G-to-2G PS Handover

This section describes the feature WRFD-02030802 PS Handover between UMTS and GPRS
PS handover is similar to the inter-RAT handover in the CS domain.
If the HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH is turned on, the PS handover from the 3G
network to the 2G network is performed in the relocation process. When the switch is not on, the PS
handover from the 3G network to the 2G network is performed in the cell change order process.
To enable the PS HO function, do as follows:
z
Run the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command to set HoSwitch:

HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH parameter to ON.
Run the ADD UEXT2GCELL / MOD UEXT2GCELL command to set SuppPSHOFlag to TRUE.
5.7 2G-to-3G Handover

The 2G-to-3G handover is initiated by the 2G network, where the dual-mode (GSM and WCDMA) mobile
terminals are required. Both the GSM MSC and the GSM BSS must support the GSM-to-UMTS
handover.
5-12

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
6 Load Handover
6 Load Handover
Load handover is used to balance the load among inter-frequency or inter-RAT cells. Load handover
falls into the following categories:
z
Inter-frequency LDR handover
Inter-RAT LDR handover
Inter-RAT service handover
6.1 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover

6.1.1 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover Procedure
The inter-frequency LDR handover (WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load Balance) suits co-sited cells
covering the same area.
z

The Load Reshuffling (LDR) module detects that the current cell is in basic congestion and then
initiates an inter-frequency handover.

For Inter-frequency LDR blind handover, the RNC decides to trigger an inter-frequency blind handover
if the corresponding conditions are met. After the inter-frequency handover is triggered, the RNC
chooses a decision algorithm according to whether the conditions of direct blind handover are met.
For inter-frequency LDR measure-based handover, the RNC requests the UE to perform the
inter-frequency measurement. Based on the measurement results, the RNC chooses a target cell to
perform inter-frequency hard handover.

The RNC performs the handover according to the decision result.
For details of LDR, see Load Control Feature Parameter Description.
6.1.2 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover Measurement

The Inter-frequency LDR handover uses the periodical report mode.
z
In Inter-frequency LDR blind handover, CPICH RSCP of the used frequency is measured.
In inter-frequency LDR measure-based handover, both CPICH_RSCP and CPICH_Ec/No of the target
frequency are measured.
6.1.3 Inter-Frequency LDR Handover Decision and Execution

The LDR algorithm may trigger an inter-frequency handover. The following describes the procedure for
handover decision and execution.
The inter-frequency LDR handover can be performed based on blind handover or measurement that can
be decided by the parameter InterFreqLDHOMethodSelection.
Inter-Frequency LDR Blind Handover Decision

1. The LDR algorithm learns that a cell is in basic congestion and provides target cells and the UE with
low priority for handover.
2. The RNC determines to trigger an inter-frequency blind handover.
If the UE is not in soft handover state, the RNC directly performs Inter-frequency LDR blind handover.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

6-1
WCDMA RAN
Handover
6 Load Handover
If the UE is in soft handover state, the RNC operates based on the following conditions:
z
If the HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH is set to ON,

The RNC determines whether the cell that triggers LDR is the best cell.
If
this cell is the best cell, the RNC initiates an intra-frequency measurement for Inter-frequency LDR
blind handover. The intra-frequency measurement is used to estimate quality of the inter-frequency
cell of the same coverage.
If
z
this cell is not the best cell, the RNC does not initiate a Inter-frequency LDR blind handover.
If the HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH is set to OFF, the RNC does not initiate a

Inter-frequency LDR blind handover.
Inter-Frequency LDR Blind Handover Execution

The inter-frequency cells with the same coverage area have the same CPICH RSCP values. By
measuring the CPICH RSCP of the cell, the quality of the cells with the same coverage area can be
determined, which increases the probability of successful blind handover.
1. The RNC initializes the timer of intra-frequency measurement for blind handover. The timer is
specified by internal algorithm and need not be configured.
2. The RNC initiates a periodical intra-frequency measurement.
The measurement report mode is set to periodical report.
The
reporting period is BlindHOIntrafreqMRInterval.
The
number of measurement reports is BlindHOIntrafreqMRAmount.
The
intra-frequency handover measurement quantity is CPICH RSCP.
The
list of measured cells contains only the cells that trigger LDR.
3. After receiving from the UE the intra-frequency measurement reports for conditional blind handover,
the RNC checks whether the following condition is met:
CPICH RSCP of the cell in the measurement report >= BlindHOQualityCondition
If
the condition is met, the RNC increments the counter of the number of intra-frequency
measurement reports for blind handover by 1.
If
the condition is not met, the RNC does not perform a blind handover to the cell that triggers LDR
and stops intra-frequency measurement for blind handover.
4. When the counter reaches the value of BlindHOIntrafreqMRAmount, the RNC initiates a blind
handover to the target cell.
If the counter does not reach this value, the RNC waits for the next intra-frequency measurement
report from the UE.
5. If the timer of intra-frequency measurement for blind handover expires, the RNC does not perform a
blind handover to the target cell and stops intra-frequency handover measurement for blind
handover.
If the inter-frequency handover based on coverage or QoS is triggered, the RNC stops the
intra-frequency measurement for conditional blind handover.
Inter-Frequency LDR Measure-based Handover Decision and Execution

1. The LDR algorithm learns that a cell is in basic congestion and provides target cells and the UE with
low priority for handover.
2. The RNC selects the target cell based on the measurement results. The report period is specified by
the parameter PrdReportInterval.
The target cell must meet the following conditions:
6-2

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
6 Load Handover
The
CPICH RSCP value of the target cell is larger than TargetFreqThdRscp.
The
CPICH Ec/No value of the target cell is larger than TargetFreqThdEcN0
The
target cell is not in the basic congestion state.
The RNC performs an inter-frequency hard handover to the target cell directly.
6.2 Inter-RAT LDR Handover

6.2.1 Inter-RAT LDR Handover Procedure
When the load of the 3G network is heavy and all the RABs of the UE are supported by the 2G network,
the Inter-RAT (3G-to-2G) LDR handover (WRFD-020306 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load) is
triggered.
Figure 6-1 Inter-RAT LDR handover procedure

When the load of the 3G cell that the UE accesses is higher than the related threshold, the Load
Reshuffling (LDR) algorithm makes a handover decision. For detailed information of the LDR, see
Load Reshuffling in the Load Control Feature Parameter Description.
In the measurement phase

The RNC enables the compressed mode and starts the inter-RAT handover measurement.

After the UE reports event 3C, the RNC makes a handover decision.

The RNC initiates a handover procedure.
6.2.2 Inter-RAT LDR Handover Measurement

For Inter-RAT LDR handover, the measurement report is triggered only by event.
In inter-RAT LDR handover, event 3C takes only GSM RSSI as measurement quantity.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

6-3
WCDMA RAN
Handover
6 Load Handover
When the estimated quality of other system is higher than a certain threshold, the UE reports event 3C to
the RNC.
When the conditions for event 3C are met and the delay requirement specified by the TrigTime3C
parameter can be satisfied, the UE sends the measurement report of event 3C.
Event 3C is triggered on the basis of the following formula:
MOtherRAT + CIOOtherRAT TOtherRAT + H3c/2
Where,
z
MOtherRAT is the measurement value of the cell (in another RAT) in the reporting range.
CIOOtherRAT is the cell individual offset value of the cell (in another RAT) in the reporting range,
which is equal to the sum of CIO and CIOOffset.
TOtherRAT is the absolute inter-RAT handover threshold. Based on different service types (CS , PS
domain R99 service, or PS domain HSPA service), this threshold can be configured through the
TargetRatCsThd
InterRATNCovHOPSThd
H3c is 3C hysteresis, the hysteresis value of event 3C.
For the PS and CS combined services, the threshold(s) for CS services is (are) used.
6.2.3 Inter-RAT LDR Handover decision and Execution

After receiving the event 3C measurement report of 2G cells, the RNC performs the following handover
decision and execution procedure:
1. Put all the 2G cells that trigger event 3C into a cell set and arrange the cells according to the
measurement quality in descending order.
2. Select the cells in sequence from the cell set.
To avoid the impact of the UE (in long-term measurement of compressed mode) on the radio network,
the parameter InterRATHOAttempts is set to restrict the maximum attempts of the 3G-to-2G
LDR-based or service-based handover. The parameter indicates the handover attempts made to the
same cell or different cells. If the number of attempts exceeds the parameter value, the RNC does not
initiate the handover.
6.3 Inter-RAT Service Handover

Inter-RAT service handover supports 3G-to-2G handover based on service attributes. When 3G and 2G
networks coexist, this feature enables the 3G traffic to be directed to the 2G network.
This feature can balance the load between the two systems by transferring some kind of appropriate
services to GSM/GPRS.
6.3.1 Switches for Inter-RAT Service Handover

To perform the service-based 3G-to-2G handover, the RNC must turn on the related switches for
services in the CS and PS domains.
z
When a single CS service is initially set up by the UE, the RNC allows the 3G-to-2G service-based
handover if CSServiceHOSwitch is set to ON.
When a single PS service is initially set up by the UE, the RNC allows the service-based 3G-to-2G
handover if PSServiceHOSwitch is set to ON.
6-4

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
6 Load Handover
For the combined services, no service-based handover is triggered.
6.3.2 Inter-RAT Service Handover Procedure

Figure 6-2 Service-based 3G-to-2G handover procedure
Except for the triggering phase, the procedure of Inter-RAT service Handover is the same as that of the
Inter-RAT LDR handover. For details, see section 6.2.3 "Inter-RAT LDR Handover decision and
Execution."
When a service is established, the RNC requests the handover to the GSM based on the service type
and service handover indicator assigned by the CN.
Figure 6-3 shows an example of rules for the indicator of the 3G-to-2G handover based on load and
service.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

6-5
WCDMA RAN
Handover
6 Load Handover
Figure 6-3 Example of rules for indicator of 3G-to-2G handover based on load and service
6.4 Rules for Enabling Inter-RAT LDR or Service Handover

The RNC initiates the 3G-to-2G load handover only when Service Handover Indicator (SHIND) is as
follows:
z
HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM
HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_NOT_BE_PERFORM
The RNC initiates the service-based 3G-to-2G handover only when the Service Handover Indicator is
HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM.
Before deciding the 3G-to-2G handover, the RNC considers 2G cell capability (RatCellType), service
required capability (Req2GCap) and UE capability.
The following table describes the impacts of different types of capability on handover decision.
Table 6-1 Impacts of different types of capability on handover decision
Cell
Capability
UE Capability
EDGE
GPRS
6-6
Service Capability (Required by 2G)

EDGE
GPRS
GSM
EDGE
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
GPRS
Not allowed
Allowed
Allowed
GSM
Not allowed
Not allowed
Allowed
Not supported by 2G
Not allowed
Not allowed
Not allowed
EDGE
Not allowed
Allowed
Allowed

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Cell
Capability
GSM
6 Load Handover
UE Capability
Service Capability (Required by 2G)

EDGE
GPRS
GSM
GPRS
Not allowed
Allowed
Allowed
GSM
Not allowed
Not allowed
Allowed
Not supported by 2G
Not allowed
Not allowed
Not allowed
EDGE
Not allowed
Not allowed
Allowed
GPRS
Not allowed
Not allowed
Allowed
GSM
Not allowed
Not allowed
Allowed
Not supported by 2G
Not allowed
Not allowed
Not allowed
If the capability of all neighboring 2G cells does not meet the requirement, the inter-RAT measurement
will not be triggered.
6.5 Interchanging Inter-RAT Load Information

In Inter-RAT LDR handover or service handover, load information is interchanged between 2G and 3G
networks to facilitate inter-RAT handover (WRFD-020310 3G/2G Common Load Management).
The load status between the source cell and the target cell can be acquired by interchanging load
information between a 3G cell and a 2G cell during the LDR handover and service handover. Thus,
whether to further conduct the handover can be determined to avoid the 2G cell overload and possible
handovers to congested cells.
Interchanging Load information in 3G to 2G Handover

The procedure for load information interchanging between the 3G source cell and 2G target cell is
described as follows:
1. When the RNC sends a RELOCATION REQUIRED message to the 3G CN,
If the switch SndLdInfo2GsmInd is set to ON, the RELOCATION REQUIRED message includes the
Old BSS To New BSS Information IE that includes the load information of the 3G source cell.
If the switch SndLdInfo2GsmInd is set to OFF, then the RELOCATION REQUIRED message does
not include the Old BSS To New BSS Information IE.
2. When the RNC receives the RELOCATION COMMAND message from the 2G CN,
If the switch NcovHoOn2GldInd is set to ON, the RNC obtains the load information of the 2G target
cell by reading the Inter-System Information Transparent Container IE, which is included in the
RELOCATION COMMAND message.
If
the 2G load is lower than CSHOOut2GloadThd (for CS service), or if the 2G load is lower than
PSHOOut2GloadThd (for PS service), the RNC continues the inter-RAT handover procedure;
otherwise, the RNC returns the Relocation Cancel message to the CN to cancel this inter-RAT
handover and makes another handover attempt to the next candidate cell generated in the cell list
based on inter-RAT measurement.
If
the Inter-System Information Transparent Container IE, is not included in the RELOCATION
COMMAND message, the load information of the 2G target cell is not considered and this inter-RAT
handover is continued.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

6-7
WCDMA RAN
Handover
6 Load Handover
If the switch NcovHoOn2GldInd is set to OFF, the RNC continues the inter-RAT handover procedure
without considering the thresholds.
Interchange Load Information in 2G-to-3G Handover

In 2G-to-3G handover based on load or service, the RNC can make a decision about admission
considering the load information of the 3G target cell. This can avoid the worsening of the 3G system
performance caused by 2G-to-3G handover based on load or service if the 3G system load is high.
The procedure is described as follows:
1. When the RNC sends a RELOCATION REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE message to the 3G CN,
If
the switch SndLdInfo2GsmInd is set to ON, the RELOCATION REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE

message includes the New BSS To Old BSS Information IE, which includes the load information of
the 3G target cell.
If
the switch SndLdInfo2GsmInd is set to OFF, the RELOCATION REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE

message does not include the New BSS To Old BSS Information IE.
2. Depending on the network requirement, the 2G network decides whether to use the load information
sent to the 3G network for judgment.
3. When the RNC receives the RELOCATION REQUEST message from the 3G CN,
If
the 3G cell is not in the basic congestion state, the RNC continues the inter-RAT handover
procedure.
If
the 3G cell is in the basic congestion state, the RNC returns RELOCATION FAILURE message to
the CN to cancel the inter-RAT handover.
For the concept of "basic congestion", see the Load Control Feature Parameter Description.
6-8

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
7 HSPA Handover
7 HSPA Handover
7.1 HSDPA Handover
7.1.1 HSDPA Intra-Frequency Handover
This section describes the decision and execution of intra-frequency handover, and the handover
between a cell that supports the F-DPCH and a cell that does not support the F-DPCH after the
introduction of HSDPA.
Handling of Event 1A
After receiving an event 1A report, the RNC proceeds as follows:
z
If the number of cells in the active set does not reach the maximum value, the RNC adds the cell to the
active set.
If the number of cells in the active set reaches the maximum value, the RNC does not add the radio
link to the active set.
Handling of Event 1B
After receiving an event 1B report, the RNC determines whether to delete a cell.
z
If the cell to be deleted is not an HSDPA serving cell, the cell is directly removed.
If the cell to be deleted is an HSDPA serving cell, then:

If
the new best cell supports HSDPA, the new best cell is reconfigured to be an HSDPA serving cell. If
the reconfiguration fails, the service is reconfigured onto DPCH.
If
the new best cell does not support HSDPA, the service is reconfigured onto DPCH to ensure the
continuity of the service.
Handling of Event 1C
After receiving an event 1C report, the RNC decides whether to change the worst cell.
z
If the cell to be replaced is not an HSDPA serving cell, the cell is directly removed.
If the cell to be replaced is an HSDPA serving cell, then:

If
the best cell supports HSDPA, the best cell is reconfigured to be an HSDPA serving cell. If the
reconfiguration fails, the service is reconfigured onto DPCH.
If
the best cell does not support HSDPA, the service is reconfigured onto DPCH to ensure the
continuity of the service.
Handling of Event 1D
After receiving an event 1D report, the RNC proceeds as follows:
z
If the downlink service is carried on the HSDPA, then:

If
the new best cell in the active set supports HSDPA and the HSPA hysteresis timer (HspaTimerLen)
expires, the new best cell is reconfigured to be an HSDPA serving cell.
If
the new best cell in the active set does not support HSDPA, the downlink service is directed to the
DCH through the reconfiguration.
Figure 7-1 shows an example of how to handle event 1D in this situation. Assume that the UE moves
from HSDPA cell 1 to HSDPA cell 2, that the two cells are intra-frequency neighboring cells, and that
all the cells in the active set support HSDPA. The RNC updates the HSDPA serving cell according to
the reported event and keeps the HSDPA serving cell consistent with the best cell.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

7-1
WCDMA RAN
Handover
7 HSPA Handover
Figure 7-1 Intra-frequency handover between HSDPA cells when the best cell changes
If the downlink service is carried on the DCH, then:

The UE is handover to the target cell, and the service is carried on DCH. After handover, the RNC may
retry to configure the service on HS-DSCH. For details, see 7.5 HSPA Retry.
In the execution procedure mentioned above, CMP_UU_SERV_CELL_CHG_WITH_ASU_SWITCH of

the CmpSwitch parameter is used to determine whether the update of the active set and the change of
the serving cell are synchronized. This switch is applicable to only R6 UEs.
z
If the switch is ON, the UE supports the synchronization of the update of the active set and the change
of the serving cell.
If the switch is OFF, the UE reconfigures the change of the serving cell by allocating physical channels
after updating the active set.
During the update of the HSDPA serving cell, set the NBMMachsResetAlgoSelSwitch parameter to
determine whether to reset the UE MAC-hs.
7.1.2 HSDPA Inter-Frequency Handover

Inter-frequency handover can be triggered on the basis of coverage, load, and hierarchical cell structure
(HCS).
The following describes the three possible scenarios in which an inter-frequency handover occurs.
Scenario 1: Inter-Frequency Handover from an HSDPA Cell to an R99 Cell

As shown in Figure 7-2, when the UE moves from cell 1 (an HSDPA cell) to cell 2 (an R99 cell), the
inter-frequency handover conditions are met and event 2B is triggered. The RNC makes a handover
decision for HSDPA services according to the neighboring cell measurement report, and reconfigures
the service onto the DPCH of cell 2.
7-2

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
7 HSPA Handover
Figure 7-2 Inter-frequency handover from an HSDPA cell to an R99 cell
Scenario 2: Inter-Frequency Handover from an R99 Cell to an HSDPA Cell

As shown in Figure 7-3, when the UE moves from cell 2 (an R99 cell) to cell 1 (an HSDPA cell), the
inter-frequency handover conditions are met and event 2B is triggered. The RNC hands over the UE to
the DPCH first, and then to the HS-PDSCH if the service can be carried on the HS-PDSCH.
Figure 7-3 Inter-frequency handover from an R99 cell to an HSDPA cell
Scenario 3: Inter-Frequency Handover Between HSDPA Cells

As shown in Figure 7-4, when the UE moves from cell 1 (an HSDPA cell) to cell 2 (an HSDPA cell) and
the inter-frequency handover conditions are met, the UE is handed over from cell 1 to cell 2. The target
cell becomes the new serving HS-PDSCH cell.
If the serving or target cell is in load congestion when the UE performs a serving cell update for
inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover, the service is reconfigured from the HS-PDSCH to the DPCH.
The hard handovers of an HSDPA cell is the same as those of an R99 cell.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

7-3
WCDMA RAN
Handover
7 HSPA Handover
Figure 7-4 Inter-frequency handover between HSDPA cells
7.1.3 HSDPA Inter-RAT Handover

When the UE is handed over to a cell that supports the F-DPCH from another system and a UL or DL
event 4A is reported, the RNC decides whether to change the bearer mode of TRB and SRB.
If the TPC command is carried on the F-DPCH between the UE and the UTRAN, the SRB and the TRB
are carried on the HS-DSCH. If a cell that does not support the F-DPCH is added to the active set, all the
F-DPCHs are deleted. In addition, new DPCHs between the UE and all the cells in the active set are set
up to carry the SRB and TPC commands.
7.2 HSUPA Handover

This section involves the feature WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management.
7.2.1 HSUPA Intra-Frequency Handover

This section describes the decision and execution procedure of intra-frequency handover, and the
handover between E-DCHs of 10 ms TTI and 2 ms TTI after the introduction of HSUPA.
Handling of Event 1A
After receiving the measurement report, the RNC proceeds as follows:
If the target cell supports HSUPA and the uplink service is carried on the E-DCH, then:
z
If the current number of cells in the E-DCH active set is smaller than the value of
MaxEdchCellInActiveSet, the target cell is added to both the DCH and E-DCH active sets.
Otherwise, the target cell is added to only the DCH active set.
After deciding that a cell can be added to the E-DCH active set,
z
If the admission in the downlink fails, the cell is added to neither the E-DCH active set nor the DCH
active set. It waits for the next event 1A report for retry.
Otherwise, if the admission in the downlink succeeds, the RNC perform the HSUPA admission in the
uplink.
7-4

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
7 HSPA Handover
If
HSUPA admission in the uplink succeeds, the cell is added to the E-DCH active set and the DCH
active set.
If
HSUPA admission in the uplink fails, the cell is added only to the DCH active set. If the DCH
admission in the uplink still fails, the cell is added to neither the E-DCH active set nor the DCH active
set. It waits for the next event 1A report for retry.
Handling of Event 1B
If the number of radio links in the DCH active set is larger than one, then:
z
If the cell to be removed is not an HSUPA serving cell, the cell is directly removed.
If the cell to be removed is an HSUPA serving cell, then:

If
the new best cell supports HSUPA, the new best cell is reconfigured to be an E-DCH serving cell.
If
the new best cell does not support HSUPA, the uplink service is redirected to the DCH through the
RB reconfiguration.
If the current service is CS Voice over HSPA and the cell to be removed is an E-DCH serving cell, then:
If
the new best cell supports both HSDPA and HSUPA, the cell is reconfigured to be an HS-DSCH
serving cell or an E-DCH serving cell.
If
the new best cell supports HSDPA but not HSUPA, the current service is changed from CS Voice
over HSPA to CS Voice over DCH. If there remain other HSDPA services, the serving cell should be
updated and the new best cell should be the HS-PDSCH serving cell.
If
the new best cell supports neither HSUPA nor HSDPA, the current service is reconfigured to be CS
Voice over DCH.
Whether the cells under the adjacent RNC support CS Voice over HSPA is determined by the RNC-level
parameter CSVoiceoverHSPASuppInd.
After the best cell of a UE changes, if the size of the DCH or E-DCH active set of the new best cell is
different from those of the old best cell, the RNC removes or reconfigures radio links to adapt to the size
and configuration of the new best cell.
Handling of Event 1C
When event 1C is triggered, the UE reports the event-triggered list that contains good cells and the cells
to be replaced, and sequences the cells from the highest to the lowest quality according to measurement
quantity.
z
If the new cell supports HSUPA, then:

If
the current number of cells in the E-DCH active set is smaller than the value of
MaxEdchCellInActiveSet, the new cell is added to the E-DCH active set.
If
the current number of cells in the E-DCH active set is equal to the value of
MaxEdchCellInActiveSet and the cell to be replaced is also included in the E-DCH active set, the
new cell joins the E-DCH active set through replacement.
If
the current number of cells in the E-DCH active set is equal to the value of
MaxEdchCellInActiveSet and the cell to be replaced is not included in the E-DCH active set, the
new cell is added only to the DCH active set.
If the current service is CS Voice over HSPA and the cell to be removed is an E-DCH serving cell, then:
If
the new best cell supports both HSDPA and HSUPA, the cell is reconfigured to be an HS-DSCH
serving cell or an E-DCH serving cell.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

7-5
WCDMA RAN
Handover
7 HSPA Handover
If
the new best cell supports HSDPA but not HSUPA, the current service is changed from CS Voice
over HSPA to CS Voice over DCH through the reconfiguration. If there remain other HSDPA services,
the serving cell should be updated and the new best cell should be the HS-PDSCH serving cell.
If
the new best cell supports neither HSUPA nor HSDPA, the current service is reconfigured to be CS
Voice over DCH. If the cell to be removed is an E-DCH serving cell, the HS-DSCH serving cell must
be removed at the same time. Thus, a new E-DCH serving cell or HS-DSCH serving cell must be
determined. The method is the same as that of removing the serving cell, as described in the
previous section of Handling of Event 1B.
If the new cell does not support HSUPA, the cell is added to only the DCH active set.
Handling of Event 1D
If the criteria for intra-frequency hard handover are fulfilled, the RNC performs intra-frequency hard
handover after receiving the event 1D report. If the criteria for intra-frequency hard handover are not
fulfilled, the RNC performs intra-frequency soft handover based on the measurement report.
If the uplink service is carried on the E-DCH, then:
z
If the new best cell in the active set supports HSUPA and the HSPA hysteresis timer (HspaTimerLen)
expires, the E-DCH serving cell becomes the best cell. The HSPA hysteresis timer is restarted after
the cell change.
If the new best cell in the active set does not support HSUPA,
The
uplink service is directed to the DCH through the reconfiguration. If the reconfiguration fails, the
service is still carried on the E-DCH. The UE is connected to the new best cell only on the DCH.
If the uplink service is carried on the DCH, then:

z
The uplink service is still carried on the DCH. After handover, the RNC may retry to configure the
service on E-DCH. For details, see 7.5 HSPA Retry
If the current service is CS Voice over HSPA, then:

z
If the new best cell supports both HSUPA and HSDPA, the cell is reconfigured to be an HSPA serving
cell.
Otherwise, the service is changed from CS Voice over HSPA to CS Voice over DCH through the
reconfiguration.
Triggering of Event 1J
Event 1J is triggered under the following condition:
10 x Log(MNew) + CIONew 10 x Log(MInAS) + CIOInAS + H1j/2
z
MNew is the measurement result of the cell not in the E-DCH active set but in the DCH active set.
CIONew and CIOInAS refer to the offset of each cell.
MInAS is the measurement result of the cell in the E-DCH active set with the lowest measurement
result.
H1J is the hysteresis parameter for event 1J and is determined by Hystfor1J.
If the measurement result is CPICH-Ec/No, MNew and MInAS are expressed as ratios.
If the measurement result is CPICH-RSCP, MNew and MInAS are expressed in mW.
7-6

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
7 HSPA Handover
Figure 7-5 Triggering of event 1J
A: signal quality curve of a cell in the E-DCH active set
B: signal quality curve of the worst cell in the E-DCH active set
C: signal quality curve of a cell not in the E-DCH active set but included in DCH active set
D: signal quality curve of a cell not in the E-DCH active set but included in DCH active set
In Figure 7-5, the hysteresis and the cell individual offsets for all cells equal 0.
The first measurement report is sent when primary CPICH D becomes better than primary CPICH B.
The "cell measurement event result" of the measurement report contains the information of primary
CPICH D and CPICH B.
On the assumption that the E-DCH active set has been updated after the first measurement report
(E-DCH active set is now primary CPICH A and primary CPICH D), the second report is sent when
primary CPICH C becomes better than primary CPICH A. The "cell measurement event result" of the
second measurement report shows that primary CPICH C is better than primary CPICH A in quality.
The following parameters need to be set on the RNC LMT:
z
Hystfor1J: hysteresis of event 1J
TrigTime1J: time to trigger event 1J
PeriodMRReportNumfor1J: number of periodic reports for event 1J
ReportIntervalfor1J: report interval for event 1J after change to the periodic report
HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH: measurement control switch for event 1J. When the switch
is ON, the UE version is R6 and event 1J is included in the intra-frequency measurement control
message.
After receiving the intra-frequency measurement report from the UE, the RNC decides whether to go to
the execution phase, depending on the information in the report.
Handling of Event 1J
Event 1J provides the solution to the issue of how to add an HSUPA cell in a DCH active set to an
E-DCH active set. This event is triggered when a non-active E-DCH but active DCH primary CPICH
becomes better than an active E-DCH primary CPICH.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

7-7
WCDMA RAN
Handover
7 HSPA Handover
When event 1J is triggered, the UE reports the event-triggered list that contains good cells and the cells
to be replaced, and sequences the cells from the highest to the lowest quality according to measurement
quantity.
z
If the current number of cells in the E-DCH active set is smaller than the value of
MaxEdchCellInActiveSet, the cell where event 1J is triggered is reconfigured to E-DCH.
If the current number of cells in the E-DCH active set is equal to the value of
MaxEdchCellInActiveSet, the RNC searches the measurement report for the non-serving
Cell_EDCH with the lowest measured quality in the E-DCH active set. Then, the uplink of the cell
where event 1J is triggered is reconfigured from DCH to E-DCH, and the uplink of CELL-EDCH is
reconfigured from E-DCH to DCH.
Handover Between E-DCHs of 10 ms TTI and 2 ms TTI

For HSUPA, 2 ms TTI and 10 ms TTI are applicable but not all the cells support 2 ms TTI. When both
2ms-TTI-capable and 2ms-TTI-incapable cells exist in a network, a UE may undergo handovers
between E-DCHs of 10 ms TTI and 2 ms TTI (WRFD-01061404 HSUPA 2ms/10ms TTI Handover)..
Only when all the cells in the E-DCH active set support 2 ms TTI can the services be configured to the
E-DCH with 2 ms TTI. If any cell in the E-DCH active set does not support 2 ms TTI, the services are
configured on the E-DCH with 10 ms TTI.
The detailed principles are as follows:
z
When the uplink service is carried on the E-DCH with 2 ms TTI, if a cell that supports only 10 ms TTI is
to be added to the E-DCH active set, the source cell undergoes a radio bearer reconfiguration to 10
ms TTI. A soft handover to the target cell is performed.
Upon each handover, if a radio link needs to be added, removed, or replaced, the RNC judges whether
all the cells in the E-DCH active set and the UE support 2 ms TTI.
If they all support 2 ms TTI and the uplink service is currently carried on the E-DCH with 10 ms TTI, the
RNC reconfigures the service to the E-DCH with 2 ms TTI.
If
the reconfiguration fails, a timer is started for periodic retries to the E-DCH with 2 ms TTI.
If
the handover is performed before the timer expires, the timer is stopped.
After
the handover, the RNC decides whether to start the timer, based on the handover result.
7.2.2 HSUPA Inter-Frequency Handover

Inter-frequency handover can be triggered on the basis of coverage, load, and hierarchical cell structure
(HCS). The introduction of HSUPA does not affect the triggering conditions and decisions of these types
of inter-frequency handover.
During the execution phase, whether to reconfigure the services from E-DCH to DCH depends on the
HSUPA capability of the target cell. After the handover, a decision must be made about whether to
reconfigure the services from DCH to E-DCH.
Table 7-1 describes the three possible scenarios for inter-frequency handover.
7-8

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
7 HSPA Handover
Table 7-1 Scenarios for inter-frequency handover

Scenario Description
Scenario 1 Inter-frequency handover from an HSUPA cell to another HSUPA cell
z
The UE moves from one HSUPA cell to another HSUPA cell.
Event 2B is triggered.
Scenario 2 Inter-frequency handover from an HSUPA cell to a non-HSUPA cell

z
The UE moves from an HSUPA cell to a non-HSUPA cell.
Scenario 3 Inter-frequency handover from a non-HSUPA cell to an HSUPA cell

z
The UE moves from a non-HSUPA cell to an HSUPA cell.
If the current service is CS Voice over HSPA and the target cell supports both HSDPA and HSUPA, the
target cell is reconfigured as an HSPA serving cell. Otherwise, the service of CS Voice over HSPA must
first be reconfigured as CS Voice over DCH.
Whether the target RNC supports CS Voice over HSPA is determined by the parameter
CSVoiceOverHspaSuppInd.
Scenario 1: Inter-Frequency Handover from an HSUPA Cell to Another HSUPA

Cell
Assume that the UE moves from HSUPA cell 1 to HSUPA cell 2 and that the two cells are inter-frequency
neighboring cells, as shown in Figure 7-6.
Figure 7-6 Inter-frequency handover from an HSUPA cell to another HSUPA cell
During this procedure, event 2B is triggered. The HSUPA admission request is made for the target cell
by the RNC.
z
If the request is accepted, the handover is performed through the physical channel reconfiguration
message.
If the request is rejected, the RB reconfiguration is implemented, and the services on the E-DCH are
reconfigured for the DCH.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

7-9
WCDMA RAN
Handover
7 HSPA Handover
Scenario 2: Inter-Frequency Handover from an HSUPA Cell to a Non-HSUPA

Cell
Assume that the UE moves from HSUPA cell 1 to non-HSUPA cell 2 and that the two cells are
inter-frequency neighboring cells, as shown in Figure 7-7.
Figure 7-7 Inter-frequency handover from an HSUPA cell to a non-HSUPA cell
During this procedure, event 2B is triggered, and the target cell does not support HSUPA. The DCH
admission request is made for the target cell. After the request is accepted, the RB reconfiguration is
implemented, and the services on the E-DCH are reconfigured for the DCH.
Scenario 3: Inter-Frequency Handover from a Non-HSUPA Cell to an HSUPA

Cell
Assume that the UE moves from non-HSUPA cell 1 to HSUPA cell 2 and that the two cells are
inter-frequency neighboring cells, as shown in Figure 7-8.
Figure 7-8 Inter-frequency handover from a non-HSUPA cell to an HSUPA cell
During this procedure, event 2B is triggered. The inter-frequency handover on DCH is performed, and
the HSUPA admission request is made for the target cell by the RNC.
After the request is accepted, the RB reconfiguration is implemented, and the services on the DCH are
reconfigured for the E-DCH.
7-10

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
7 HSPA Handover
7.2.3 HSUPA Inter-RAT Handover

If the current service is CS voice service and the UE is handed over from a 2G cell to a 3G cell,
z
If the UE supports CS Voice Over HSPA and the target 3G RAN supports CS Voice Over HSPA, the
service is configured as CS Voice over HSPA when the UE is handed over to the 3G system.
Otherwise, the service is configured as CS Voice Over DCH when the UE is handed over to the 3G
system.
7.3 HSPA+ Handover

7.3.1 Overview
The basic mechanisms of handover remain unchanged after the introduction of HSPA+. New functions
are added to handle the scenario where the source cell and target cell support different HSPA+
technologies or where admission control prevents the UE from using the preferred technologies.
Whether a neighboring cell supports HSPA+ technologies can be set through the parameter
CellCapContainerFdd.
Figure 7-9 shows the procedure of HSPA+ technology configuration.
Figure 7-9 Procedure of HSPA+ technology configuration
The procedure of HSPA+ technology configuration is as follows:

1. In the preselection phase (during handover decision)
The RNC preselects HSPA+ technologies based on the technologies provided for the UE in the source
cell and the capability of the target cell.
2. In the fallback phase (during handover execution)
The RNC attempts to apply the preselected technologies to the UE in the target cell. If the RNC fails to
do so, it selects technologies with lower ranking and attempts to apply them to the UE.
3. In the retry phase (after handover)
After the handover, the RNC attempts to apply the preselected technologies that failed to be applied to
the UE in the target cell.
7.3.2 Preselection Phase

HSPA+ technologies are preselected in the preselection phase (during handover decision).
For DC-HSDPA, MIMO+64QAM, MIMO, 64QAM, downlink enhanced L2, and HS-SCCH Less Operation,
the preselection schemes are as follows:
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

7-11
WCDMA RAN
Handover
7 HSPA Handover
z
If the target cell supports the same technologies as the source cell and the bearer scheme allows the
target cell to continue using them, the RNC preselects these technologies for the target cell.
Otherwise, the RNC preselects the technologies supported by the target cell and used by the UE in the
source cell.
For uplink 16QAM, uplink enhanced L2 and DTX/DRX, the preselection schemes are as follows:
z
During an intra-frequency soft handover, the RNC preselects HSPA+ technologies if both of the
following conditions are met:
All
the cells in the active set support the technologies.
The
target cell supports the technologies.
Otherwise, the RNC does not preselect them.

z
During an intra- or inter-frequency hard handover, the RNC preselects the technologies supported by
the target cell and used by the UE in the source cell. For example, if the UE uses MIMO and downlink
enhanced L2 in the source cell and the target cell supports only downlink enhanced L2, the RNC
preselects only downlink enhanced L2 for the UE.
7.3.3 Fallback Phase

HSPA+ technologies with lower ranking are selected in the fallback phase (during handover execution).
In this phase, the RNC performs admission control based on the preselected technologies.
If the admission is unsuccessful, the RNC selects DCH to carry services.
If the admission is successful, the RNC sends a configuration message to the NodeB. If the NodeB fails
to allocate required resources because of insufficient resources, the RNC selects technologies with
lower ranking. In other words, the technologies are degraded as follows:
z
From DC-HSDPA to SC-HSDPA
From MIMO+64QAM to 64QAM
From MIMO to HSDPA (downlink enhanced L2)
From DTX_DRX to HSPA
For uplink 16QAM, it is degraded to DCH to carry services regardless of whether the admission fails or
the resource allocation by the NodeB fails.
7.3.4 Retry Phase

In the retry phase, if both the UE and the network meet the requirements for configuring higher-ranked
technologies, the RNC attempts to apply them, which may not be pre-selected in the preselection phase
or fails to be applied in the fallback phase. For example, the RNC attempts to use DC-HSDPA instead of
SC-HSDPA.
The retry procedure is as follows:
1. The RNC starts the handover protection timer (ChannelRetryHoTimerLen).
2. After the timer expires, the RNC attempts to apply higher-ranked technologies.
3. If the retry fails, the RNC starts the retry timer (ChannelRetryTimerLen) for periodic retry attempts.
The HSPA+ technologies that can be retried are specified by the parameter RetryCapability.
7-12

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
7 HSPA Handover
7.4 Anti-Frequent Serving Cell Change

HSPA serving cell change is usually triggered by event 1D. To avoid frequent serving cell change which
may affect the system performance, a protection timer HspaTimerLen is introduced. This timer shall be
started when the serving HS-DSCH cell changes or the E-DCH serving cell changes. And no more
1D-triggered serving cell change shall be performed until the timer expires. However, this timer shall not
restrict HSPA serving cell change to another cell in the active set if current serving cell is to be removed
from the active set. The value 0 means this timer shall not be started and serving cell change be initiated
immediately.
7.5 HSPA Retry

If a UE has a HSDPA/HSUPA suitable service, the RNC tries to reconfigure the service onto the
HS-DSCH/E-DCH as soon as possible.
After handover or radio bearer setup, the HSPA suitable service may be set up on the DCH or FACH in a
cell. If the cell is capable of HSPA or the cell has a HSPA capable neighboring cell, the RNC retries to
configure the service on the HS-DSCH/E-DCH in this cell or in its neighboring cell.
To avoid frequent handovers at the boundary between an HSPA cell and an R99 cell, a protection timer
(ChannelRetryHoTimerLen) is used. After a handover, the timer starts. After this timer expires, the RNC
retries to configure the service of the UE onto the HS-DSCH or E-DCH if either of the following two
conditions is met:
z
The target cell supports HSDPA or HSUPA.
The target cell does not support HSDPA or HSUPA but has a DRD neighboring cell.
If the admission fails during the reconfiguration, the timer (ChannelRetryTimerLen) is started. Periodic
retries to HS-DSCH or E-DCH are performed.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

7-13
WCDMA RAN
Handover
8 HCS Handover
8 HCS Handover
8.1 Overview
HCS handover (WRFD-021200 HCS) is one type of inter-frequency handover and inter-RAT handover.
HCS handover is based on UE speed estimation, and is also called speed-based handover.
In a 3G network, hot spots in radio communication may appear with the increase of subscribers and
traffic. This requires more cells to increase the network capacity. More cells and smaller cell radius lead
to more frequent handovers of UEs. For a UE in fast movement, frequent handovers reduce call quality,
increase uplink interference, and increase signaling load. Here, Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS) is a
mechanism that arranges different cells at different layers. HCS handover instructs UEs to stay at
different layers based on speed estimation, thus increasing the network capacity.
Figure 8-1 shows an HCS example with three layers.
Figure 8-1 HCS with three layers
The features of different cells are as follows:

z
Macro cell
Large
coverage
Continuous
Low
coverage
requirement for capacity
Fast-moving
z
Micro cell
Densely
High
populated areas
requirement for capacity
Slow-moving
z
environment
environment
Pico cell
Indoor
coverage
Outdoor
blind spot coverage
Slow-moving
environment
The pico cell has the highest priority and the macro cell has the lowest priority.
Based on speed estimation, the RNC instructs a fast-moving UE to select a cell with a lower priority to
decrease the frequency of handovers, and instructs a slow-moving UE to select a cell with a higher
priority to increase the network capacity. The cell with a lower priority has larger coverage, and the cell
with a higher priority has smaller coverage.
RNC supports the HCS with eight layers. The priority level of a cell is set by the HCSPrio parameter.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

8-1
WCDMA RAN
Handover
8 HCS Handover
To allow HCS handover, the RNC must enable the function through the HoSwitch:
HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH parameter.
8.2 HCS Handover Procedure

HCS handover is based UE speed estimation. Figure 8-2 shows HCS handover procedure.
Figure 8-2 HCS handover procedure

The RNC receives the handover request from the HCS speed estimation function. The HCS handover
is of two types: handover from the macro cell to the micro cell and handover from the micro cell to the
macro cell. For different types of handover, the RNC acts differently.
In the measurement and decision phases

If
the handover is performed from a macro cell to a micro cell, the RNC sends an inter-frequency
measurement control message. After the UE reports event 2C for inter-frequency handover or 3C for
inter-RAT handover, the RNC performs the handover decision.
If
the handover is performed from a micro cell to a macro cell, the RNC directly performs blind
handover, ignoring the measurement procedure.

The RNC initiates a handover procedure.
8-2

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
8 HCS Handover
If
the handover is performed from a micro cell to a macro cell and the target cell allows blind
handover (configured through the parameter BlindHOFlag), the RNC performs blind handover to the
target cell. If the blind handover fails, the RNC starts the inter-frequency (or inter-RAT) measurement
procedure and performs the handover procedure to the cell with the best quality after receiving event
2C or 3C from the UE.
If
the handover is performed from a macro cell to a micro cell, the RNC starts the inter-frequency (or
inter-RAT) measurement procedure and performs the handover procedure to the cell with the best
quality after receiving event 2C or 3C from the UE.
8.3 UE Speed Estimation

This section describes high-speed estimation, low-speed estimation, and anti-ping-pong event 1D
recording.
Based on the number of changes of the best cell within a specified period, the speed estimation
algorithm estimates the moving speed of the UE. Then, the RNC decides the UE speed.
The procedure for high-speed estimation is as follows:
z
If HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH is set to ON and the cell is layered with a not lowest

priority, the RNC initiates a high-speed estimation for the UE after receiving an event 1D report.
If the number of changes of the best cell for the UE is higher than the NFastSpdEst within the
TFastSpdEst, the RNC decides that the UE is in fast movement.
The procedure for low-speed estimation is as follows:

z
If the HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH is set to ON and the cell is layered with a not highest
priority, the RNC starts the timer TCycleSlow after the RRC connection is set up.
When the timer TCycleSlow expires, the RNC initiates a low-speed estimation for the UE.
If the number of changes of the best cell for the UE is lower than the NSlowSpdEst within the
TSlowSpdEst, the RNC decides that the UE is in slow movement.
If frequent changes of the best cell occur, several events 1D for the same cell may be recorded. This
may lead to inaccurate UE speed estimation. Therefore, a mechanism is used for anti-ping-pong event
1D recording.
z
During the recent period specified by TRelateLength, if multiple event 1Ds are reported for a certain
cell, only the first one is recorded.
8.4 HCS Handover Measurement

In the case of handover from high layer to the low layer (from micro cell to macro cell), the UE does not
perform measurement. The RNC decides the blind handover for the UE.
For the handover from low layer to the high layer (from macro cell to micro cell), the HCS handover uses
the measurement and the UE uses event-triggered report mode.
z
In inter-frequency HCS handover, event 2C takes only CPICH Ec/No as measurement quantity.
In inter-RAT HCS handover, event 3C takes only GSM RSSI as measurement quantity.
Triggering of Event 2C
When the estimated quality of a non-used frequency is above a certain threshold, the UE report event
2C to the RNC.
After the conditions of event 2C are fulfilled and maintained until the parameter TrigTime2C is reached,
the UE reports the event 2C measurement report message..
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

8-3
WCDMA RAN
Handover
8 HCS Handover
Event 2C is triggered on the basis of the following formula:

QNoused TNoused2c + H2c/2
Where,
z
QNoused is the measured quality of the cell that uses the other frequencies.
TNoused2c is the absolute quality threshold of the cell that uses the other frequencies, namely,
InterFreqNCovHOThdEcN0.
H2c is the event 2C hysteresis value Hystfor2C.
8.5 HCS Handover Execution

HCS handover execution based on UE speed estimation falls into two categories: inter-layer handover in
fast movement and inter-layer handover in slow movement.
The inter-layer handover algorithm initiates the corresponding handover based on speed estimation:
z
If the UE is in fast movement, the RNC instructs the UE to select a cell with a lower priority.
If the UE is in slow movement, the RNC instructs the UE to select a cell with a higher priority.
If the UE is in normal movement, no inter-layer handover occurs.
When the RNC instructs the UE to select a cell with a lower or higher priority, the neighboring cells
whose frequency band is not supported by the UE are not taken into account. If there are neighboring
cells with several candidate frequencies, the RNC selects one of the frequencies randomly.
Inter-Layer Handover in Fast Movement

When deciding that the UE is in fast movement, the RNC instructs the UE to select a cell with a lower
priority (handover from micro cell to macro cell).
z
If the UE is located in the overlap between the cell with a higher priority and the cell with a lower
priority, a blind handover is initiated.
1. The RNC selects the neighboring cells with a lower HCS priority level to generate a cell list. The
neighboring cells whose frequency band is not supported by the UE are not taken into account. If
there are neighboring cells with several candidate frequencies, the RNC selects one of the
frequencies randomly.
2. The RNC searches for neighboring cells for blind handover according to BlindHOFlag from the cell
list generated in step 1.
3. The RNC chooses a neighboring cell whose BlindHOQualityCondition value is the smallest for
blind handover.
The RNC determines whether the target cell supports the current service. If the target cell does not
support the current service, the RNC does not perform the blind handover.
The target cell can be a UMTS cell or a GSM cell. The priority of an intra-RAT inter-frequency blind
handover is higher than that of an inter-RAT blind handover.
z
If the neighboring cell for blind handover is not configured or the blind handover fails, a measurement
is initiated for cells with a lower priority.
The target cell is decided on the basis of the measurement report from the UE.
Inter-Layer Handover in Slow Movement

When deciding that the UE is in slow movement, the RNC instructs the UE to select a cell with a higher
priority (handover from macro cell to micro cell).
8-4

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
8 HCS Handover
The inter-layer handover algorithm initiates a measurement for cells with a higher priority and then
decides the target cell based on the measurement report from the UE.
8.6 Signaling Procedure of HCS Handover

The signaling procedure for HCS handover is the same as that for inter-frequency handover and
inter-RAT handover.
8.7 Interoperability Between HCS Handover and Other

Handovers
This section describes the following aspects:
z
Interoperability between HCS handover and intra-frequency handover
Interoperability between HCS handover and inter-frequency handover
Interoperability between HCS handover and inter-RAT handover
Interoperability Between HCS Handover and Intra-Frequency Handover

If an intra-frequency handover is requested when an HCS handover measurement is initiated and an
intra-frequency cell measurement is ongoing, the HCS handover measurement is not disrupted.
After the intra-frequency handover is finished,
z
If the best cell remains unchanged, the HCS measurement continues.
If the best cell changes, the high-speed estimation for the UE is triggered.
Interoperability Between HCS Handover and Inter-Frequency Handover

An inter-frequency handover is triggered by one of the following factors:
z
Reporting of event 2D
QoS problem caused by the quality imbalance between uplink and downlink
Imbalance of load between inter-frequency cells
UE speed decision in HCS
Reporting of event 2D indicates that the inter-frequency handover based on coverage is triggered, which
is of high priority to be processed.
z
If the HCS handover algorithm is performing inter-frequency measurement when event 2D is reported,
the measurement control is modified according to the algorithm of inter-frequency handover based on
coverage.
If the RNC is performing inter-frequency measurement after event 2D is reported, HCS handover will
not be executed.
If the measurement due to other causes stops, then HCS handover measurement is restarted. Other
causes may be reception of event 2F, expiration of measurement control, or others.
When a speed-based inter-frequency handover is triggered, the RNC determines first whether the timer
specified by IFAntiPingpangTimerLength expires.
z
If the timer does not expire, the RNC cancels this handover.
If the timer expires, the RNC performs the handover.
Interoperability Between HCS Handover and Inter-RAT Handover

It is strongly recommended that the inter-RAT handover to 2G not be used in HCS handover.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

8-5
WCDMA RAN
Handover
9 Blind Handover
Set the UseOfHcs parameter to NOT_USED to disable HCS priority setting for neighboring GSM cells.
9 Blind Handover
Overview
There are two types of blind handover: emergent blind handover and non-emergent blind handover.
z
Emergent blind handover is triggered by 1F event which indicates the used frequency becomes worse.
The UE must perform emergent handover to avoid call drops.
Non-emergent blind handover may be triggered by LDR, DRD, or HCS speed estimation.
For details about LDR and DRD, see Load Control Feature Parameter Description.
For details about HCS speed estimation, see chapter 8 "HCS Handover."
The parameter BlindHoFlag is configured for neighboring cells and determines whether a blind
handover to this cell is allowed.
The parameter BlindHOPrio indicates the blind handover priority of the cell. The value 0 represents the
highest priority.
Triggering of Event 1F
After the conditions of event 1F are fulfilled and maintained until the parameter TrigTime1F is reached,
the UE reports the event 1F measurement report message.
Event 1F is triggered on the basis of the following formula:
10LogMOld T1f - H1f/2
Where,
z
MOld is the measurement value of the cell that becomes worse.
T1f is an absolute threshold. It is set through the parameter IntraAblThdFor1FRSCP or

IntraAblThdFor1FecNo.
H1f is the event 1F hysteresis value set through the parameter Hystfor1F.
Blind Handover Based on Event 1F

When there is only one cell in the active set, the RNC performs inter-frequency blind handover after
receiving event 1F.
1. The RNC gets the actual best cell from event 1F. If the quality of the best cell meets the blind
handover condition (BlindHORSCP1FThreshold), the RNC gets neighboring cells for blind
handover of the best cell, and filtrates the cells which belong to the frequency bands that UEs don't
support. If the quality of the best cell is lower than BlindHORSCP1FThreshold, the UE is at the edge
of the network coverage and the blind handover is not allowed.
2. If there are multiple neighboring cells for blind handover, the RNC chooses the cell with the lowest
value of BlindHOQualityCondition and the cell must support all the current services of UE. When
there are multiple such cells, the RNC choose the neighboring cell for blind handover randomly.
9-6

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
10 Handover Protection
10.1 Anti-Ping-Pong
Inter-Frequency Anti-Ping-Pong
After an inter-frequency handover based on coverage or an inter-frequency blind handover based on
event 1F occurs, the RNC starts the anti-ping-pong algorithm to prevent frequent switching between
inter-frequency handovers triggered by different causes.
The inter-frequency anti-ping-pong algorithm is as follows:
1. When a coverage-based inter-frequency handover or an inter-frequency blind handover based on
event 1F occurs, the RNC starts the timer specified by IFAntiPingpangTimerLength for the UE.
2. When a non-coverage-based inter-frequency handover is triggered, the RNC determines whether the
timer specified by IFAntiPingpangTimerLength expires.
If
the timer does not expire, the RNC cancels the handover.
If
the timer expires, the RNC performs the handover.
Inter-RAT (2G-to-3G) Anti-Ping-Pong

For the 2G-to-3G handover, the measurement control message is delivered through a system
information broadcast of 2G when the 2G cell has a neighboring 3G cell. The dual-mode MS performs
the inter-RAT measurement in idle timeslots and reports the measurement results. Based on the
reported measurement values, the BSC decides whether to perform the handover to the 3G network.
To avoid the ping-pong handover between 2G and 3G, the 2G-to-3G handover penalty algorithm is used.
When the UE is handed over from 2G to 3G and if any CS domain service exists, the system increases
the hysteresis of event 3A through the parameter InterRATPingPongHyst to prevent the UE from the
ping-pong handover between 2G and 3G in the period specified by the parameter
InterRATPingPongTimer. During the penalty time, the previous periodical report will be changed to the
event 3A report. The value 0 indicates that the system does not take measures to avoid ping-pong
handover between 2G and 3G networks.
10.2 Handover Retry

10.2.1 Inter-Frequency Handover Retry
If an inter-frequency handover based on event-triggered measurement report mode fails, the RNC
initiates the inter-frequency handover attempt according to inter-frequency retry algorithm.
z
After the inter-frequency handover fails, the retry timer for the cell is started.
After the retry timer expires, the UE makes a handover attempt to the cell again until the retry number
exceeds the maximum allowed retry number. If the handover succeeds or two new event 2B reports
are received, the periodical retry is stopped.
For the inter-frequency handover based on coverage or QoS, the following two parameters determine
the retry period and the maximum number of retry times:
z
Retry timer: PeriodFor2B
Maximum number of retry times: AmntOfRpt2B
For the inter-frequency handover based on speed, the following two parameters determine the retry
period and the maximum number of retry times:
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

10-1
WCDMA RAN
Handover
z
Retry timer:PeriodFor2C
Maximum number of retry times:AmntOfRpt2C
10.2.2 Inter-RAT (3G to 2G) Handover Retry

For an inter-RAT handover failure, if the cause of the failure is not a configuration failure and the retry
timer expires, the UE makes attempts to hand over to the cell again until the retry number exceeds the
maximum retry number.
The retry timer and maximum retry number for coverage-based and QoS-based inter-RAT handover are:
z
Retry timer:PeriodFor3A
Maximum number of retry times:AmntOfRpt3A
The retry timer and maximum retry number for LDR-based and service-based inter-RAT handover are:
z
Retry timer: PeriodFor3C
Maximum number of retry times:AmntOfRpt3C
The inter-RAT handover retry algorithm works in the following two signaling procedures:
Signaling Procedure for Iu Relocation

1. The RELOCATION REQUIRED message is initiated on the Iu interface.
2. If the RNC receives the RELOCATION PREPARATION FAILURE message, the inter-RAT handover
fails.
If the cause of the failure is one of the following configuration failure, the RNC does not make a
handover retry to the cell.
Relocation
Failure in Target CN/RNC or Target System, or
Relocation
not supported in Target RNC or Target System, or
Relocation
Target not allowed
Otherwise, the related retry timer for the cell is started. After the retry timer expires, the UE makes
handover attempts to the cell again until the retry number exceeds the maximum retry number.
3. If the RNC receives the RELOCATION COMMAND message, the handover on the Uu interface
continues.
4. If the handover succeeds or the new event 3A or 3C report is received, the periodical retry is
stopped.
Signaling Procedure for Service-based Handover on the Uu Interface

z
For CS services or CS and PS combined services, the HANDOVER FROM UTRAN signaling
procedure on the Uu interface is performed only when the handover based on CS services is made.
For a PS service or combined PS services, the CELL CHANGE ORDER FROM UTRAN or
HANDOVER FROM UTRAN signaling procedure on the Uu interface is performed.
If the HANDOVER FROM UTRAN FAILURE or CELL CHANGE ORDER FROM UTRAN FAILURE
message is received, the handover on the Uu interface fails.
If the "Inter-RAT handover failure cause" in HANDOVER FROM UTRAN FAILURE message is
"Configuration unacceptable", or if the "Inter-RAT change failure cause" in CELL CHANGE ORDER
FROM UTRAN FAILURE message is "Configuration unacceptable", the RNC does not make a handover
retry to the cell.
Otherwise, the related retry timer for the cell is started. After the retry timer expires, the UE makes a
handover attempt to the cell again until the retry number exceeds the maximum number.
10-2

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
If the handover succeeds or the new event 3A or 3C report is received, the periodical retry is stopped.
10.3 Inter-RAT Multimedia Fallback

This section involves the feature "WRFD-020307 Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for
Inter-RAT HO.
Before the RNC performs handover for the UE that is enjoying the video phone (VP) service, the RNC
initiates multimedia fallback to change the VP service to the Adaptive Multi Rate (AMR) speech service,
that is, to perform the 3G-to-2G handover based on the CS AMR speech service.
Overview of Fallback Service

Compared with the traditional speech service of the GSM, the VP service of the UMTS can transmit not
only speech services between the calling party and the called party, but also the images and videos
captured by both parties. Since the actual implementation is limited by terminals and networks, the VP
service sometimes carries only speech and may fail to transmit images or videos. In this scenario, the
Service Change and Unrestricted Digital Information Fallback (SCUDIF) provide the fallback mechanism
that changes a video call to a common speech call.
As specified in 3GPP TS 23.172, the fallback service of the VP is categorized into the following two
types:
z
The process of changing multimedia services back to speech services during call setup. The RNC
does not take part in the process. Therefore, the detailed description of fallback process is not given
hereinafter.
The process of changing multimedia services back to speech services during the call.
Triggering of Fallback Service

Currently, the network-initiated multimedia fallback is performed only for the 3G-to-2G handover. Service
changes triggered by the UEs are not supported.
Fallback is initiated when both of the following occasions are met:
z
The RNC decides to send an inter-RAT handover request after receiving periodical measurement
reports of event 1A, 3A, or 3C.
The service is combined with a VP, and the "Alternative RAB Parameters" in the RAB ASSIGNMENT
message is a valid AMR speech format.
Procedure of Service Change

Figure 10-1 shows the service change procedure for the 3G-to-2G handover. The network initiates the
service change, that is, the RNC initiates the change from the VP service to the speech service during
the call.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

10-3
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Figure 10-1 Service change procedure for the 3G-to-2G handover in the CS domain
1. The CN sends the SRNC a RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message to set up the VP
service.
2. During 3G-to-2G handover, the SRNC sends a RANAP RAB MODIFY REQUEST message to
change the VP service to the AMR speech service. In the 3GPP R6 protocol, the information element
(IE) Alternative RAB Configuration Request is also added to the RAB MODIFY REQUEST message,
which enables the RNC to request the CN to change the VP service to the AMR speech service.
3. The MSC initiates the Bearer Capability (BC) negotiation with the UE.
4. After the negotiation, the RNC is requested to perform service change.
When the multimedia fallback ends, the RNC decides whether to perform the 3G-to-2G handover
according to the current measurements reported by the UE.
At the beginning of the service setup, the RNC saves the RAB parameters.
The CN initiates the RAB reconfiguration to request both parties to perform the multimedia fallback. The
single VP service falls back to the single AMR speech service. The multi-RAB service combined with VP
falls back to the multi-RAB service combined with AMR. If the multimedia fallback succeeds, that is, the
video phone in the service falls back to speech successfully, the inter-RAT handover is initiated.
Otherwise, the inter-RAT handover fails.
10.4 Transfering Event Report to Periodical Report

After a UE reports event 1A, 1C or, 1J to the RNC, the RNC may miss the measurement reports. If the
reported cell does not join active set in a specified period of time, the UE starts to report the event
periodically to avoid missing of measurement reports.
This parameter specifies the reporting period of event 1A. That is, event 1A is reported at each reporting
interval.
z
ReportIntervalfor1A
ReportIntervalfor1C
ReportIntervalfor1J
10-4

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
The following parameters specify the number of reporting times of events for periodical reporting. When
the actual reporting times exceeds the set value, the periodical reporting ends.
z
PeriodMRReportNumfor1A
PeriodMRReportNumfor1C
PeriodMRReportNumfor1J
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

10-5
WCDMA RAN
Handover
11 Neighboring Cell Combination

Overview
After the active set is updated, the RNC updates the neighboring cell list by using the neighboring cell
combination algorithm according to the status of the active set. This list includes the new intra-frequency,
inter-frequency, and inter-RAT neighboring cells. The combination methods of intra-frequency handover,
inter-frequency handover, and inter-RAT handover are the same.
If the radio link of the drift RNC (DRNC) is added to the active set, the source RNC (SRNC) buffers the
intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and inter-RAT neighboring cell lists of the DRNC until the radio link of
the DRNC is released.
The neighboring cell combination result is contained in the MEASUREMENT CONTROL message and
sent to the UE, which instructs the UE to perform intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and inter-RAT
measurement and handover procedures.
The maximum number of neighboring cells of a cell that can be configured is as follows:
z
The maximum number of intra-frequency neighboring cells is 32, which includes the cell itself.
The maximum number of inter-frequency neighboring cells of single carrier is 32.
The maximum number of inter-frequency neighboring cells of 2 carriers is 64. No more than 2 carriers
of inter-frequency cells can be configured.
The maximum number of inter-RAT neighboring cells of multi-carrier is 32
Neighboring Cell Combination Switch

HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH is the neighboring cell combination switch.
z
If the switch is set to ON, measurement objects are chosen from the neighboring cells of all the cells in
the active set.
If the switch is set to OFF, measurement objects are chosen from the neighboring cells of the best cell.
HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH is set to ON by default.
Procedure of the Neighboring Cell Combination

After obtaining the intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and inter-RAT neighboring cells of each cell in the
active set, the RNC calculates the combined neighboring cell set, which is referred as Sall, by using the
following method.
These neighboring cells and active cells are added to Sall in the following order until the number reaches
the maximum number of neighboring cells:
Step 1 The best cell in the active is added to Sall.
The best cell is reported on event 1D.
Step 2 Other cells in the active set are added to Sall in the in descending order by CPICH Ec/No.
Step 3 The neighboring cells of the best cell in the active set are added to Sall.
NprioFlag (the flag of the priority) and Nprio (the priority of the neighboring cell), which are set for each
neighboring cell, are used to change the order of adding the neighboring cells to Sall.
z
When NprioFlag is switched to FALSE, NPrio is cleared.
When NprioFlag is switched to TRUE, NPrio is set simultaneously.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

11-1
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Step 4 The neighboring cells of other cells in the active set are added to Sall in descending order by
CPICH Ec/No values of these cells in the active set. The number to be repeatedly added of each
neighboring cell is recorded.
The neighboring cells of the same cell in the active set are added according to Nprio.
If the number of the cells in Sall is more than maximum number of neighboring cells, delete the
neighboring cells whose repeated number in Sall is less. The best cell and its neighboring cells will not be
deleted.
----End
11-2

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
12 Compressed Mode
12 Compressed Mode
Overview
Compressed mode control is a mechanism whereby certain idle periods are created in radio frames
during which the UE can perform measurements on other frequencies. The UE must use the
compressed mode if the UE needs to measure the pilot signal strength of an inter-frequency cell or
inter-RAT cell and has a single-frequency receiver only.
Figure 12-1 Compressed mode
Compressed Mode Switches

The parameter DlSFLimitCMInd decides whether to start the DL compressed mode according to the
parameter LimitCMDlSFThd.
z
If DlSFLimitCMInd = True,
When
the downlink spreading factor is smaller than or equal to the parameter LimitCMDlSFThd, the
compressed mode is disabled.
When
the downlink spreading factor is greater than the parameter LimitCMDlSFThd, the
compressed mode is enabled.
If DlSFLimitCMInd = False, the compressed mode is not limited by the downlink spreading factor.
The uplink 384kbps uses SF4. The method of SF/2 is not allowed for the services of SF4.
CMCF_UL_PRECFG_TOLERANCE_SWITCH under CmcfSwitch determines whether to set up the
uplink RB of SF4 during the preparation for SF/2 compressed mode.
z
If CMCF_UL_PRECFG_TOLERANCE_SWITCH is set to ON, the RB of SF4 can be set up during the

preparation for SF/2 compressed mode. The inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover measurement,
however, cannot be triggered, because SF4 cannot be compressed to SF2.
If CMCF_UL_PRECFG_TOLERANCE_SWITCH is set to OFF, the RB of SF4 cannot be set up during

the preparation for SF/2 compressed mode. The system can trigger the SF/2 compressed mode
measurement.
CMCF_WITHOUT_UE_CAP_REPORT_SWITCH under CmcfSwitch determines whether to use the

frequencies beyond the range of UE reports on the compressed mode measurement.
To initiate the high layer scheduling, set the following two switches:
z
If the algorithm switch CMCF_DL_HLS_SWITCH in the command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH is

set to ON, the DL high-layer scheduling for the compressed mode is allowed.
If the algorithm switch CMCF_UL_HLS_SWITCH in the command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH is

set to ON, the UL high-layer scheduling for the compressed mode is allowed.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

12-1
WCDMA RAN
Handover
12 Compressed Mode
Compression Methods
There are two methods to implement the compressed mode as follows:
Method
Description
SF/2
The SF is reduced by half to improve the rate on the channel. It takes

less time to transmit the same volume of data. In this way transmit gaps
are created. The SF must be larger than 4.
The SF/2 mode consumes more system resources and therefore this
mode is recommended only for low-rate users.
High layer
scheduling
High layer limits the allowed TFC (Transport Format Combination) to

create gaps without data to be transmitted.
The high-layer scheduling mode requires variable multiplexing
positions of transport channels and is applicable to a relatively narrow
range. In addition, this approach affects the transmission rate of users.
Therefore, this mode is recommended only when the SF/2 approach is
unavailable or there are high-rate users.
The RNC automatically determines the type of compressed mode on the basis of the spreading factor
used in the uplink or the downlink.
z
When the downlink spreading factor is greater than or equal to the parameter DlSFTurnPoint, the
SF/2 approach is preferred. Otherwise, the high layer scheduling is used.
When the uplink spreading factor is greater than or equal to the parameter UlSFTurnPoint, the SF/2
approach is preferred. Otherwise, the high layer scheduling is used.
Compression Types
The compression types are as follows:
z
Inter-frequency measurement
Inter-RAT measurement
Coexistence of inter-frequency and inter-RAT
The parameter InterFreqRATSwitch determines the compression types allowed by the RNC
z
If the parameter is set to INTERFREQ, the RNC allows the UE to perform only inter-frequency
measurement
If the parameter is set to INTERRAT, the RNC allows the UE to perform only Inter-RAT measurement.
If the parameter is set to SIMINTERFREQRAT, the RNC allows the UE to perform both inter-frequency
and inter-RAT measurement.
During the concurrent inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement, the parameter

CoexistMeasThdChoice decides the event 2D threshold:
z
When the parameter is set to COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ, the inter-frequency

measurement threshold for event 2D is used.
When the parameter is set to COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT, the inter-RAT

measurement threshold for event 2D is used.
12-2

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
12 Compressed Mode
Measurement Timer Length

When the UE takes a long time to perform the inter-frequency measurement in compressed mode, the
radio network will be affected. To avoid the influence, the RNC stops the inter-frequency measurement
and disables the compressed mode if no inter-frequency handover occurs upon expiry of the
inter-frequency measurement timer.
z
The timer is specified by InterFreqMeasTime in inter-frequency handover based on coverage, load or

HCS.
The timer is specified by InterRATMeasTime in inter-RAT handover based on coverage, load, or

service.
The timer is specified by DLQosMcTimerLen or ULQosMcTimerLen in inter-RAT handover based on

downlink or uplink QoS respectively.
Compatibility Switch for Dual-frequency Receiver

If the UE has a dual-frequency receiver, it can perform inter-frequency measurement without starting the
compressed mode if all of the following conditions are met:
z
The CMP_UU_ADJACENT_FREQ_CM_SWITCH is on.
The value of the IE "Adjacent frequency measurements without compressed mode" reported by the
UE is TRUE.
For the UE that supports dual-carrier HSDPA(DC-HSDPA):

If
the UE has a DC-HSDPA service, all the cells involved in inter-frequency measurement are at the
same frequency as the supplementary carrier.
If
the UE does not have a DC-HSDPA service, all the cells involved in inter-frequency measurement
are at the same frequency, with a 5 MHz spacing from the current cell, but within the same band as
the current cell.
Each physical frame can provide three to seven timeslots for the inter-frequency or inter-RAT cell
measurement.
Compatibility Switches for HSPA

There are some UEs that do not support the CM when an HSPA+ or HSDPA or HSUPA service is active.
For compatibility reasons with these UE, compatibility switch parameters have been introduced.
The parameter HsdpaCMPermissionInd is used to enable or disable CM for HSDPA users.
z
If this parameter value is TRUE, CM is permitted on HSDPA and HSDPA can be activated with CM
activated. If this parameter value is FALSE, H2D is needed before CM activated when HSDPA exists
and HSDPA can't exist when CM is activated.
The parameter HsupaCMPermissionInd decides whether the compressed mode (CM) can be used on
HSUPA.
z
If the parameter is set to Permit, the UE in E-DCH state performs measurement.
If the parameter is set to Limited, the reconfiguration from E-DCH to DCH is required before CM is
activated because HSUPA does not support CM.
If the parameter is set to BasedOnUECap, the RNC determines whether to perform E2D procedure
before CM activated based on the UE capability.
The parameter EHSPACMPermissionInd indicates whether the compressed mode (CM) can coexist
with the HSPA+ service.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

12-3
WCDMA RAN
Handover
12 Compressed Mode
z
When the EHSPACMPermissionInd value is FALSE the switch is deactivated and the RNC, before
request to the UE to start the CM, starts a RB RECONFIGURATION procedure to degrade the HSPA+
service to DCH, than requests the UE to start the COMPRESSED MODE.
After
the Hard Handover is completed the RNC starts a RB RECONFIGURATION procedure to

promote the DCH service to HSPA+
When
this switch is disabled all the HSPA+ UEs (CM and not CM capable) are degraded to DCH
before the CM procedure.
When the EHSPACMPermissionInd value is TRUE the switch is activated and the RNC does not
triggers the RB RECONFIGURATION procedure before to request the CM. Not affected UEs are
capable to start the measurements during the HSPA+ service and can perform the Hard Handover
without service degrades. On the contrary, UEs that do not support the CM during HSPA+ are not
capable to complete the Hard Handover procedure successfully.
12-4

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
13 Parameters
Table 13-1 Parameter description
Parameter
ID
NE
MML
Description
AmntOfRpt2 BSC6900 ADD

Meaning: Maximum number of inter-frequency handover
B
UCELLINTE re-attempts after event 2B is reported when the measurement
RFREQHOC control message is valid.
OV(Optional) If this parameter is set to a greater value, the number of
MOD
inter-frequency handover re-attempts increases and the possibility
UCELLINTE of successfully handing over the UE to the target cell whose load
RFREQHOC becomes normal increases. When the number of inter-frequency
OV(Optional) handover re-attempts reaches the threshold, the RNC sends
another inter-frequency measurement control message to allow
the UE to be handed over to other cells of this frequency.
If the measurement control is released, the inter-frequency
handover re-attempt is stopped.
GUI Value Range: 0~63
Actual Value Range: 0~62, 63: Infinity
Unit: None
Default Value: 4
AmntOfRpt2 BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Maximum number of inter-frequency handover
B
UINTERFRE re-attempts after event 2B is reported when the measurement
QHOCOV(O control message is valid.
ptional)
If this parameter is set to a greater value, the number of
inter-frequency handover re-attempts increases and the possibility
of successfully handing over the UE to the target cell whose load
becomes normal increases. When the number of inter-frequency
handover re-attempts reaches the threshold, the RNC sends
another inter-frequency measurement control message to allow
the UE to be handed over to other cells of this frequency.
If the measurement control is released, the inter-frequency
handover re-attempt is stopped.
Unit: None
Default Value: 4
Meaning: Maximum number of handover attempts for event 2C.
C
UCELLINTE This parameter specifies the maximum number of handover
RFREQHON re-attempts for event 2C when the measurement control message
COV(Option is valid. If this parameter is set to a greater value, inter-frequency
al)
handover re-attempts increase and the possibility of successfully
MOD
handing over the UE to the target cell whose load becomes normal
UCELLINTE increases. When the number of re-attempts reaches the preset
RFREQHON value, the RNC does not attempt to perform the handover.
COV(Option Alternatively, when the measurement control is cancelled, the
al)
handover re-attempt is stopped immediately.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-1
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
Unit: None
Default Value: 1
Meaning: Maximum number of handover attempts for event 2C.
C
UINTERFRE This parameter specifies the maximum number of handover
QHONCOV( re-attempts for event 2C when the measurement control message
Optional)
is valid. If this parameter is set to a greater value, inter-frequency
handover re-attempts increase and the possibility of successfully
increases. When the number of re-attempts reaches the preset
value, the RNC does not attempt to perform the handover.
Alternatively, when the measurement control is cancelled, the
handover re-attempt is stopped immediately.
Unit: None
Default Value: 1
Meaning: Maximum number of handover attempts after inter-RAT
A
UCELLINTE handover triggered by event 3A fails.
RRATHOCO This parameter specifies the maximum number of handover
V(Optional) re-attempts for event 3A when the measurement control is valid. If
MOD
this parameter is set to a greater value, the number of inter-RAT
UCELLINTE handover re-attempts increases and the possibility of successfully
RRATHOCO handing over the UE to the target cell whose load becomes normal
V(Optional) increases. After reaching the value specified by this parameter, the
RNC makes no further handover attempt to the target cell. If the
compressed mode is disabled, the handover re-attempt will be
aborted.
Unit: None
Default Value: 4
Meaning: Maximum number of handover attempts after inter-RAT
A
UINTERRAT handover triggered by event 3A fails.
HOCOV(Opti This parameter specifies the maximum number of handover
onal)
re-attempts for event 3A when the measurement control is valid. If
this parameter is set to a greater value, the number of inter-RAT
handover re-attempts increases and the possibility of successfully
increases. After reaching the value specified by this parameter, the
RNC makes no further handover attempt to the target cell. If the
compressed mode is disabled, the handover re-attempt will be
aborted.
Unit: None
Default Value: 4
Meaning: Maximum number of handover re-attempts for event 3C.
C
UCELLINTE This parameter specifies the maximum number of handover
RRATHONC attempts for event 3C when the measurement control message is
13-2

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
OV(Optional) valid. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the number of

MOD
inter-RAT handover re-attempts increases and the possibility of
UCELLINTE successfully handing over the UE to the target cell whose load
RRATHONC becomes normal increases. After reaching the value specified by
OV(Optional) this parameter, the RNC makes no further handover attempt to the
target cell. If the compressed mode is disabled, the handover
re-attempt will be aborted.
Unit: None
Default Value: 1
Meaning: Maximum number of handover re-attempts for event 3C.
C
UINTERRAT This parameter specifies the maximum number of handover
HONCOV(O attempts for event 3C when the measurement control message is
ptional)
valid. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the number of
inter-RAT handover re-attempts increases and the possibility of
successfully handing over the UE to the target cell whose load
becomes normal increases. After reaching the value specified by
this parameter, the RNC makes no further handover attempt to the
target cell. If the compressed mode is disabled, the handover
re-attempt will be aborted.
Unit: None
Default Value: 1
BlindHOFlag BSC6900 ADD
U2GNCELL(
Optional)
MOD
U2GNCELL(
Optional)
Meaning: Whether to perform blind handover.

The value FALSE indicates that the cell is not considered as a
candidate cell for blind handover. Therefore, blind over to this cell
cannot be triggered.
GUI Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
Actual Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
Unit: None
Default Value: False
BlindHOFlag BSC6900 ADD

Meaning: Whether to perform blind handover.
UINTERFRE The value FALSE indicates that the cell is not considered as a
QNCELL(Op candidate cell for blind handover. Therefore, blind over to this cell
tional)
cannot be triggered.
MOD
UINTERFRE GUI Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
QNCELL(Op Actual Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
tional)
Unit: None
BlindHOIntraf BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Used in the algorithm of the load reshuffling (LDR)
reqMRAmou
UINTRAFRE intra-frequency blind handover. This parameter specifies the
nt
QHO(Option number of the required measurement reports that fulfill the
al)
handover criterion before the blind handover decision is triggered.
The RNC initiates blind handover only when the UE continuously
reports adequate intra-frequency measurement reports that fulfill
the quality criterion for blind handover. If the UE reports an
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-3
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
unqualified measurement report, the measurement process is

stopped. In this case, the RNC does not initiate blind handover.
GUI Value Range: D1, D2, D4, D8
Actual Value Range: 1, 2, 4, 8
Unit: None
Default Value: D2
BlindHOIntraf BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Interval between intra-frequency measurement reports
reqMRInterv
UINTRAFRE for LDR blind handover. If this parameter is set to a smaller value,
al
QHO(Option the interval between intra-frequency measurement reports is
al)
shorter, that is, the intra-frequency measurement takes a shorter
period; however, the measurement results are more affected by
signal changes. This may cause incorrect handovers. If this
parameter is set to a greater value, the interval between
intra-frequency measurement reports is longer, and the
measurement results are less affected by signal changes. This
may increase the success rate of blind handovers. In this case,
however, the intra-frequency measurement takes a longer period
of time, and the handover may fail to be triggered timely.
GUI Value Range: D250, D500
Actual Value Range: 250, 500
Unit: ms
Default Value: D250
BlindHOQual BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Quality condition for triggering the blind handover.
ityCondition
UINTERFRE If this parameter is not set to 115, a conditional blind handover
QNCELL(Op can be triggered in an inter-frequency neighboring cell with the
tional)
same coverage. If this parameter is set to 115, a direct blind
MOD
handover can be triggered in an inter-frequency neighboring cell
UINTERFRE with the larger coverage.
QNCELL(Op
tional)
GUI Value Range: -115~-25
Actual Value Range: -115~-25
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
CellCapCont BSC6900 ADD
ainerFdd
UEXT3GCE
LL(Mandator
y)
MOD
UEXT3GCE
LL(Optional)
13-4
Meaning: 1) DELAY_ACTIVATION_SUPPORT (delay activation

support indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the
cell support delay activation. Delayed Activation IE indicates that
the activation of the DL power shall be delayed until an indicated
CFN or until a separate activation indication is received.
2) HSDSCH_SUPPORT(HSDSCH support indicator):when the
indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell support HSDSCH and
enable downlink traffic to be established in HSDSCH.
3) FDPCH_SUPPORT(F-DPCH support indicator):when the
indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell support F-DPCH and
enable downlink signal to be established in F-DPCH, but the cell
can not support F-DPCH if it does not support HSDSCH.
4) EDCH_SUPPORT(E-DCH support indicator):when the indicator
is TRUE, it means that the cell support E-DCH and enable uplink
signal and traffic to be established in E-DCH..
5) EDCH_2MS_TTI_SUPPORT(E-DCH 2ms TTI support
indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell
support E-DCH 2ms TTI.

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
6) EDCH_2SF2_AND_2SF4_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF support

2SF2+2SF4 indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that
the cell has E-DCH SF capability of 2SF2+2SF4.
7) EDCH_2SF2_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF support 2SF
indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means that the cell has
E-DCH SF capability of 2SF2.
8) EDCH_2SF4_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF support 2SF4
E-DCH SF capability of 2SF4.
9) EDCH_SF4_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF support SF4
E-DCH SF capability of SF4.
10) EDCH_SF8_SUPPORT(E-DCH max SF support SF8
E-DCH SF capability of SF8.
11)EDCH_HARQ_IR_COMBIN_SUPPORT(E-DCH support HARQ
IR Combining indicator):when the indicator is TRUE, it means
that the cell use IR combine Mode when MAC-e PDUs are
received more than one time in E-DCH.
12) EDCH_HARQ_CHASE_COMBIN_SUPPORT(E-DCH support
HARQ CHASE Combining indicator): when the indicator is TRUE,
it means that the cell use CHASE combine Mode when MAC-e
PDUs are received more than one time in E-DCH.
13) CPC_DTX_DRX_SUPPORT (CPC DTX-DRX support
indicator): when the indicator is TRUE, it indicates that the cell
supports CPC DTX_DRX.
14) CPC_HS_SCCH_LESS_OPER_SUPPORT (CPC HS-SCCH
less operation support indicator): when the indicator is TRUE, it
indicates that the cell supports CPC HS-SCCH less operation.
15) HSPAPLUS_MIMO_SUPPORT (MIMO support indicator):
when the indicator is TRUE, it indicates that the cell supports
MIMO.
16) FLEX_MACD_PDU_SIZE_SUPPORT (flexible MAC-d PDU
Size support indicator): when the indicator is TRUE, it indicates
that the cell supports flexible MAC-d PDU Size.
17) FDPCH_SLOT_FORMAT_SUPPORT (F-DPCH slot format
support indicator): when the indicator is TRUE, it indicates that the
cell supports F-DPCH slot format, which depends on FDPCH. If
F-DPCH slot format is set to support in the cell, it should support
FDPCH too.
18) HSPAPLUS_DL_64QAM_SUPPORT (downlink 64QAM
support indicator): when the indicator is TRUE, it indicates that the
cell supports downlink 64QAM.
GUI Value Range: DELAY_ACTIVATION_SUPPORT,
HSDSCH_SUPPORT, FDPCH_SUPPORT, EDCH_SUPPORT,
EDCH_2MS_TTI_SUPPORT,
EDCH_2SF2_AND_2SF4_SUPPORT, EDCH_2SF2_SUPPORT,
EDCH_2SF4_SUPPORT, EDCH_SF4_SUPPORT,
EDCH_SF8_SUPPORT, EDCH_HARQ_IR_COMBIN_SUPPORT,
EDCH_HARQ_CHASE_COMBIN_SUPPORT,
CPC_DTX_DRX_SUPPORT,
CPC_HS_SCCH_LESS_OPER_SUPPORT,
HSPAPLUS_MIMO_SUPPORT,
FLEX_MACD_PDU_SIZE_SUPPORT,
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-5
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
FDPCH_SLOT_FORMAT_SUPPORT,
HSPAPLUS_DL_64QAM_SUPPORT
Actual Value Range: DELAY_ACTIVATION_SUPPORT,
HSDSCH_SUPPORT, FDPCH_SUPPORT, EDCH_SUPPORT,
EDCH_2MS_TTI_SUPPORT,
EDCH_2SF2_AND_2SF4_SUPPORT, EDCH_2SF2_SUPPORT,
EDCH_2SF4_SUPPORT, EDCH_SF4_SUPPORT,
EDCH_SF8_SUPPORT, EDCH_HARQ_IR_COMBIN_SUPPORT,
EDCH_HARQ_CHASE_COMBIN_SUPPORT,
CPC_DTX_DRX_SUPPORT,
CPC_HS_SCCH_LESS_OPER_SUPPORT,
HSPAPLUS_MIMO_SUPPORT,
FLEX_MACD_PDU_SIZE_SUPPORT,
FDPCH_SLOT_FORMAT_SUPPORT,
HSPAPLUS_DL_64QAM_SUPPORT
Unit: None
Default Value: None
CellsForbidd BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Determines whether event 1A threshold is affected when
en1A
UINTRAFRE the cell is added to the active set. If this parameter is set to
QNCELL(Op "NOT_AFFECT", the relative threshold of event 1A is not affected
tional)
when the cell is added to the active set. That is, the cell signals are
MOD
not involved when the UE evaluates whether event 1A should be
UINTRAFRE triggered. If this parameter is set to "AFFECT", the relative
QNCELL(Op threshold of event 1A is affected when the cell is added to the
tional)
active set. That is, the cell signals are involved when the UE
evaluates whether event 1A should be triggered.
GUI Value Range: AFFECT, NOT_AFFECT
Actual Value Range: AFFECT, NOT_AFFECT
Unit: None
Default Value: AFFECT
CellsForbidd BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Flag of whether adding a cell into the active set will affect
en1B
UINTRAFRE the relative threshold of the event 1B.
QNCELL(Op This parameter is a flag of whether adding the cell into the active
tional)
set will affect the relative threshold of the event 1B NOT_AFFECT:
Adding the cell into the active set does not affect the relative
MOD
UINTRAFRE threshold of the event 1B. The cell signal will affect the UE
QNCELL(Op evaluate whether event 1B should occur. AFFECT: Adding the cell
tional)
into the active set affects the relative threshold of the event 1B.
The cell signal will not affect the UE evaluate whether event 1B
should occur.
GUI Value Range: AFFECT, NOT_AFFECT
Actual Value Range: AFFECT, NOT_AFFECT
Unit: None
Default Value: AFFECT
ChannelRetr BSC6900 SET
Meaning: This parameter specifies the value of the handover
yHoTimerLen
UCOIFTIME protection timer. If services can be set up on channels based on a
R(Optional) higher technique after channel handover is completed, the
handover protection timer will be started. When the timer expires,
the RNC will try to carry services on channels based on a higher
technique. Channel retry cannot be performed before this timer
expires.
13-6

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Actual Value Range: 0~999
Unit: s
Default Value: 2
ChannelRetr BSC6900 SET
Meaning: This parameter specifies the value of the channel retry
yTimerLen
UCOIFTIME timer. The timer will start after traffic is set up or reconfigured, if
R(Optional) higher technique is available. Channel retry will be performed after
this timer expires.
Unit: s
Default Value: 5
CIO
BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: This parameter works with the offset of neighboring
UCELLSETU cell-oriented Cell Individual Offset (CIO). It is used for intra- or
P(Optional) inter-frequency handover decisions. For details, refer to 3GPP
MOD
TS 25.331.
UCELLSETU
P(Optional) GUI Value Range: -20~20
Actual Value Range: -10~10, step: 0.5
Unit: dB
Default Value: 0
CIO
BSC6900 ADD
UEXT2GCE
LL(Optional)
MOD
UEXT2GCE
LL(Optional)
Meaning: It is set according to the topographic feature.

This parameter is used for the inter-RAT handover decision in
combination with the neighboring cell oriented CIO. The larger the
sum, the higher the handover priority of the GSM cell. The smaller
the sum, the lower the handover priority of the GSM cell. The
parameter is generally set to 0.
As for the impact on network performance:
The larger the value of the parameter is, the easier it is to be
handed over to the GSM network. The smaller the value of the
parameter is, the harder it is to be handed over to the GSM
network.
GUI Value Range: -50~50
Actual Value Range: -50~50
Unit: dB
Default Value: 0
CIO
CIOOffset
BSC6900 ADD
UEXT3GCE
LL(Optional)
MOD
UEXT3GCE
LL(Optional)
Meaning: The CIO value specified in this parameter cooperates

with the neighboring cell oriented CIO. For details about the
meaning of this parameter, refer to 3GPP TS 25.331 and the
description of [CIOOffset].
Actual Value Range: -10~10, step:0.5
Unit: dB
Default Value: 0
BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Cell individual offset for the GSM cell.
U2GNCELL( This parameter is used for decision making for the inter-RAT
Optional)
handover. A larger value of the parameter indicates the higher the
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-7
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
MOD
handover priority of the GSM cell. A smaller the value of the
U2GNCELL( parameter indicates the lower the handover priority of the GSM
Optional)
cell.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 0
CIOOffset
BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Cell individual offset for neighboring cells. This
UINTERFRE parameter, together with "Cell oriented CIO", is added to the
QNCELL(Op measurement quantity before the UE evaluates whether an event
tional)
occurs. In handover algorithms, this parameter is used for moving
MOD
the border of a cell.
UINTERFRE
QNCELL(Op GUI Value Range: -20~20
tional)
Unit: dB
Default Value: 0
CIOOffset
BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Cell individual offset for neighboring cells. This
UINTRAFRE parameter, together with "Cell oriented CIO", is added to the
QNCELL(Op measurement quantity before the UE evaluates whether an event
tional)
occurs. In handover algorithms, this parameter is used for moving
MOD
the border of a cell.
UINTRAFRE
QNCELL(Op GUI Value Range: -20~20
tional)
Unit: dB
Default Value: 0
CmcfSwitch BSC6900 SET

Meaning: CMCF algorithm switch.
UCORRMAL 1) CMCF_DL_HLS_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the
GOSWITCH( compressed mode supports DL higher-layer scheduling.
Optional)
2) CMCF_UL_HLS_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the
compressed mode supports UL higher-layer scheduling.
3) CMCF_UL_PRECFG_TOLERANCE_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the compressed mode of the UE in the compressed
mode pre-configuration state can be different from that required by
current traffic.
4) CMCF_WITHOUT_UE_CAP_REPORT_SWITCH: When the
RNC starts inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement, the RNC
checks the information of whether the compressed mode is
required for measurement on the frequency band of the cells in
measurement list. The information should be reported by the UE in
RRC connect setup complete message. When the switch is on and
no such information has been reported, the RNC starts the
compressed mode and then delivers the measurement.
GUI Value Range: CMCF_DL_HLS_SWITCH,
CMCF_UL_HLS_SWITCH,
CMCF_UL_PRECFG_TOLERANCE_SWITCH,
CMCF_WITHOUT_UE_CAP_REPORT_SWITCH
Actual Value Range: CMCF_DL_HLS_SWITCH,
CMCF_UL_HLS_SWITCH,
CMCF_UL_PRECFG_TOLERANCE_SWITCH,
13-8

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
CMCF_WITHOUT_UE_CAP_REPORT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Default Value: None
CoexistMeas BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Type of event 2D/2F measurement thresholds when
ThdChoice
UCELLHOC inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurements coexist.
OMM(Option When COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ is selected,
al)
event 2D/2F measurement thresholds oriented towards
MOD
inter-frequency configuration are selected. When
UCELLHOC COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT is selected, event
OMM(Option 2D/2F measurement thresholds oriented towards inter-RAT
al)
configuration are selected.
The factors such as the event 2D/2F measurement thresholds for
inter-frequency measurement, inter-frequency and inter-RAT
handover decision thresholds, and current handover policy should
be considered during setting. For example, if the event 2D
threshold for inter-RAT measurement is higher than that for
inter-frequency measurement, and inter-frequency neighboring
cells are preferred when inter-RAT and inter-frequency
neighboring cells coexist, then
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ should be
selected.
GUI Value Range:
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ(Choosing the
inter-frequency oriented parameters),
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT(Choosing the
inter-RAT oriented parameters)
Actual Value Range:
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ,
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT
Unit: None
Default Value: COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ
CoexistMeas BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Type of event 2D/2F measurement thresholds when
ThdChoice
UHOCOMM( inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurements coexist.
Optional)
When COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ is selected,
event 2D/2F measurement thresholds oriented towards
inter-frequency configuration are selected. When
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT is selected, event
2D/2F measurement thresholds oriented towards inter-RAT
configuration are selected.
The factors such as the event 2D/2F measurement thresholds for
inter-frequency measurement, inter-frequency and inter-RAT
handover decision thresholds, and current handover policy should
be considered during setting. For example, if the event 2D
threshold for inter-RAT measurement is higher than that for
inter-frequency measurement, and inter-frequency neighboring
cells are preferred when inter-RAT and inter-frequency
neighboring cells coexist, then
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ should be
selected.
GUI Value Range:
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ(Choosing the
inter-frequency oriented parameters),
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-9
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT(Choosing the
inter-RAT oriented parameters)
Actual Value Range:
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ,
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT
Unit: None
Default Value: COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ
CSHOOut2G BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Threshold for the relocated 2G load in an inter-RAT
loadThd
UCELLINTE handover in CS domain.
RRATHONC This parameter specifies the threshold for the 2G CS load which is
OV(Optional) relocated. When the GSM load policy is used, that is, when
MOD
"NcovHoOn2GldInd" is set to "ON", the inter-RAT 3G-to-2G
UCELLINTE relocation process in CS domain will be aborted if the cell load sent
RRATHONC by the 2G system to the 3G system exceeds this threshold.
OV(Optional)
Unit: per cent
Default Value: 80
CSHOOut2G BSC6900 SET
loadThd
UINTERRAT handover in CS domain.
HONCOV(O This parameter specifies the threshold for the 2G CS load which is
ptional)
relocated. When the GSM load policy is used, that is, when
"NcovHoOn2GldInd" is set to "ON", the inter-RAT 3G-to-2G
relocation process in CS domain will be aborted if the cell load sent
by the 2G system to the 3G system exceeds this threshold.
Unit: per cent
Default Value: 80
CSServiceH BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Whether the cell allows inter-RAT handover for CS
OSwitch
UCELLHOC services.
OMM(Option When the switch is set to ON, the inter-RAT handover for CS
al)
services is enabled. When the switch is set to OFF, the inter-RAT
MOD
handover for CS services is disabled.
UCELLHOC Based on the Service Handover Indicator of a service and the
OMM(Option related parameter configurations on the network side, related
al)
measurements and inter-RAT handover are triggered immediately
once a service is set up. This switch is set to ON only when service
handover is required. Generally, the switch is set to OFF.
Note that the service handover is triggered only when the Service
Handover Indicator is set to
HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM and the inter-RAT
handover switch for the corresponding service is set to ON. Both
conditions are mandatory. For hybrid services, the service
handover is not triggered.
GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF
13-10

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
CSVoiceover BSC6900 ADD

Meaning: Indicates whether degrade HSPA to DCH procedure is
HSPASuppIn
UNRNC(Opti performed before the relocation procedure when the CS services
d
onal)
are carried on the HSPA. If this parameter is set to OFF, the HSPA
MOD
needs to be degraded to the DCH before the relocation procedure.
UNRNC(Opti If this parameter is
onal)
set to ON, the HSPA need not be degraded to the DCH before the
relocation procedure.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF
DivCtrlField BSC6900 SET
Meaning: There are two combination methods for uplink
UHOCOMM( combination of soft handover: one is maximum ratio combination at
Optional)
the NodeB Rake receiver, which gives the highest combination
gain; the other is selective combination at the RNC, which gives a
relatively smaller combination gain. The default value of the
indication switch is MAY, which means the NodeB decides whether
to implement maximum ratio combination according to its own
physical conditions; when MUST is selected, the NodeB is forced
to carry out maximum ratio combination which is usually used in
tests; when MUST_NOT is selected, the NodeB is forbidden to
carry out maximum ratio combination.
Consider the working status (test/normal operation) and the
propagation environment when deciding whether to implement
softer combination and to adopt which kind of softer combination.
GUI Value Range: MAY(NodeB chooses whether combine at
NodeB), MUST(Must combine at NodeB), MUST_NOT(Must
combine at RNC)
Actual Value Range: MAY, MUST, MUST_NOT
Unit: None
Default Value: MAY
DLQosMcTi BSC6900 MOD
Meaning: Timer length for downlink Qos measurement.
merLen
UCELLQOS This parameter controls the time lengths for the inter-frequency
HO(Optional) and inter-RAT measurement based on Qos.
ADD
After inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement starts, if no
UCELLQOS inter-frequency handover is performed when this timer expires, the
HO(Optional) measurement is stopped, and the compressed mode is
deactivated, if any. If this parameter is set to 0, this indicates that
the timer will not be started.
For the inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement based on
coverage, the compressed mode can be stopped through reporting
event 2F. For measurement that is not based on coverage, event
2F is not reported, and the timer must be set but should not be set
to 0.
It reduces the influence of long time compressed mode to the
serving cell.
The compressed mode may be stopped ahead of time, which can
cause the result that the UE fails to initiate inter-frequency or
inter-RAT handover, and thus can lead to call drops.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-11
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Unit: s
Default Value: 20
DLQosMcTi BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Timer length for downlink Qos measurement.
merLen
UQOSHO(O This parameter controls the time lengths for the inter-frequency
ptional)
and inter-RAT measurement based on Qos.
inter-frequency handover is performed when this timer expires, the
measurement is stopped, and the compressed mode is
to 0.
serving cell.
Unit: s
Default Value: 20
Meaning: Frequency hysteresis of downlink RSCP Qos.
DlRscpQosH BSC6900 MOD
yst
UCELLQOS This parameter controls the used frequency thresholds for the
HO(Optional) inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement based on Qos.
ADD
In event mode, if the inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement
UCELLQOS events occurred for the downlink Qos reason, the used frequency
HO(Optional) threshold of the RSCP measurement quantity is equal to the used
frequency threshold that is configured on the OMU server in
coverage measurement plus this parameter.
The larger the value of the parameter is, the more easily event 2B,
inter-frequency handover based on Qos, and event 3A, inter-RAT
handover based on Qos, can be triggered, and thus the more
timely the handover to the target cell can be performed.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 5
DlRscpQosH BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Frequency hysteresis of downlink RSCP Qos.
yst
UQOSHO(O This parameter controls the used frequency thresholds for the
ptional)
inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement based on Qos.
In event mode, if the inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement
events occurred for the downlink Qos reason, the used frequency
threshold of the RSCP measurement quantity is equal to the used
frequency threshold that is configured on the OMU server in
13-12

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
coverage measurement plus this parameter.

The larger the value of the parameter is, the more easily event 2B,
inter-frequency handover based on Qos, and event 3A, inter-RAT
handover based on Qos, can be triggered, and thus the more
timely the handover to the target cell can be performed.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 5
DlSFLimitCM BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Whether the CM is limited by the downlink spreading
Ind
UCMCF(Opti factor (SF). Starting the compressed mode is resource consuming
onal)
for the fast-moving UEs, so this parameter is set to control whether
the downlink SF of the current DCH channel should be considered.
When this parameter is set to FALSE, the enabling of CM does not
consider the SF of the downlink DCH channel; when this
parameter is set to TRUE, the enabling of CM considers the SF of
the downlink DCH channel.
GUI Value Range: FALSE(Not Limited), TRUE(Limited)
Unit: None
DlSFTurnPoi BSC6900 ADD
nt
UCELLCMC
F(Optional)
MOD
UCELLCMC
F(Optional)
Meaning: Downlink compressed mode (CM) implementation mode

selection threshold.
When the downlink spreading factor is greater than or equal to the
value of this parameter, the SF/2 mode is preferred. Otherwise, the
high-layer scheduling mode is preferred.
The SF/2 mode consumes more system resources and therefore
this mode is recommended only for low-rate users. The high-layer
scheduling mode requires variable multiplexing positions of
transport channels and is applicable to a relatively narrow range. In
addition, this approach affects the transmission rate of users.
Therefore, this mode is recommended only when the SF/2
approach is unavailable or there are high-rate users.
GUI Value Range: D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D256
Actual Value Range: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256
Unit: None
Default Value: D64
DlSFTurnPoi BSC6900 SET

Meaning: Downlink compressed mode (CM) implementation mode
nt
UCMCF(Opti selection threshold.
onal)
When the downlink spreading factor is greater than or equal to the
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-13
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Unit: None
Default Value: D64
EHSPACMP BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Whether the compressed mode (CM) can coexist with
ermissionInd
UCMCF(Opti the HSPA+ service.
onal)
If this parameter is set to TRUE: 1. the RNC can enable the CM for
HSPA+ services. 2. The HSPA+ services can be enabled when the
CM is enabled. If this parameter is set to FALSE: 1. the CM for
HSPA+ services can be enabled only after the uplink and downlink
H2D (HS-DSCH to DCH) channel switch. 2. The HSPA+ services
cannot be enabled when the CM is enabled.
This switch is used for the compatibility of the HSPA+ terminals
that do not support CM when HSPA+ is enabled.
GUI Value Range: FALSE(Forbidden), TRUE(Permit)
Unit: None
HCSPrio
HCSPrio
HCSPrio
HoSwitch
13-14
BSC6900 ADD
UCELLHCS(
Optional)
MOD
UCELLHCS(
Optional)
Meaning: HCS priority of the cell belongs to. The parameter

depends on HCS rules. For details, refer to 3GPP TS 25.304.
BSC6900 ADD
UEXT2GCE
LL(Optional)
MOD
UEXT2GCE
LL(Optional)
Meaning: This parameter indicates the HCS priority level The

smaller the coverage of the cell is, the higher the priority level of
the cell should be set.
BSC6900 ADD
UEXT3GCE
LL(Optional)
MOD
UEXT3GCE
LL(Optional)
Meaning: This parameter indicates the HCS priority level The

smaller the coverage of the cell is, the higher the priority level of
the cell should be set.

Unit: None
Default Value: 0

Unit: None
Default Value: 0

Unit: None
Default Value: 0
BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Handover switch.
UCORRMAL 1) HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH: When the switch is
GOSWITCH( on, the RNC evaluates the UE's moving speed in the HCS and
Optional)
initiates fast intra-layer or slow inter-layer handover.
2) HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH: When the switch is
on, the LDR inter-frequency handover is allowed during soft
handover.
3) HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
UE requires that the redirection strategy be used for frequency

layer convergence.
4) HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the
associated receiving and mobility algorithms of the overlay network
are used. When the switch is not on, the associated algorithms are
not used. Overlay network is an UTRAN network covering present
network, it supports HSPA, MBMS and other new features. To
satisfy new requirements of operator and restrictions of present
network, overlay network realizes operation distribution and load
sharing between new network and present network, also gives
special handling for mobility management of network verge.
5) HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH: When the switch is
on, the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-frequency measure control
or the load-based inter-frequency hard handover upon the
handover decision on inter-frequency load.
6) HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH: When the switch is on,
the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-frequency measure control and
the CS inter-RAT hard handover from the 3G network to the 2G
network.
7) HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the NACC function is supported during the
PS inter-RAT handover from the 3G network to the 2G network in
the cell change order process. When the switch is not on, the
NACC function is not supported. When
PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH is ON, this switch is useless.
When the NACC function is supported, the UE skips the reading
procedure as the SI/PSI of the target cell is provided after the UE
accesses the 2G cell. Thus, the delay of inter-cell handover is
reduced.
8) HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the PS inter-RAT handover from the 3G network
to the 2G network is performed in the relocation process. When the
switch is not on, the PS inter-RAT handover from the 3G network
to the 2G network is performed in the cell change order process.
9) HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH: When the switch is on,
the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-frequency measure control and
the PS inter-RAT hard handover from the 3G network to the 2G
network.
10) HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the attributes of inter-RAT handover of the services
are based on the configuration of RNC parameters. When the
switch is not on, the attributes are set on the basis of the CN. If no
information is provided by the CN, the attributes are then based on
the RNC parameters.
11) HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the cells in the detected set from which
the RNC receives their valid event reports can be added to the
active set. The cells allowed to be added to the active set must be
the neighboring cells of the cells in the active set.
12) HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, statistics on the intra-frequency measurement reports
of the detected set are taken.
13) HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH: When the switch is
on, the RNC is allowed to initiate the intra-frequency hard
handover.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-15
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
14) HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH: When the switch is

on, the event 1J is included in the delivery of intra-frequency
measurement control if the UE version is R6.
15) HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH: When the switch is
on, the cells on the RNC can active the soft handover. When the
RNC receives reports on the events 1A, 1B, 1C, or 1D, associated
addition, removal, and replacement of handover cell of the soft
handover are initiated.
16) HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the neighboring cell whose frequency band is beyond
the UE's capabilities can also be delivered in the inter-frequency
measurement list.
17) HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH: When the switch is on,
the neighboring cell combined algorithm is used during the delivery
of the objects to be measured. When the switch is not on, the
optimal cell algorithm is used.
18) HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH: When the switch is
on, intra-frequency handover is allowed over the Iur interface if the
UE has only signaling.
19) HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH: When the switch is on, quality
measurement on the active set is delivered after signaling setup
but before service setup. If the UE is at the cell verge or receives
weak signals after accessing the network, the RNC can trigger
inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover when the UE sets up the
RRC.
20) HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH: When the switch is
on, the RNC controls the UEs in the connected state based on the
configurations on the CN. The UEs can only access and move in
authorized cells.
GUI Value Range: HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH,
HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH,
HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH
Actual Value Range: HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH,
13-16

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH,
HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH,
HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH
Unit: None
Default Value: None
HsdpaCMPer BSC6900 SET
missionInd
UCMCF(Opti the HSDPA service. If this parameter is set to TRUE: 1. the RNC
onal)
can enable the CM for HSDPA services. 2. The HSDPA services
can be enabled when the CM is enabled. If this parameter is set to
FALSE: 1. the CM for HSDPA services can be enabled only after
the H2D (HS-DSCH to DCH) channel switch. 2. The HSDPA
services cannot be enabled when the CM is enabled.
This switch is used for the compatibility of the HSDPA terminals
that do not support CM when HSDPA is enabled.
GUI Value Range: FALSE(Forbidden), TRUE(Permit)
Unit: None
Default Value: True
HspaTimerLe BSC6900 SET
Meaning: HSPA serving cell change is usually triggered by event
n
UHOCOMM( 1D. To avoid frequent serving cell change which may affect the
Optional)
system performance, a protection timer TimerHSPA is needed.
This timer shall be started upon HSPA serving cell changed, i.e.
the serving HSDSCH cell changed or the EDCH serving cell
changed. And no more 1D-triggered serving cell change shall be
performed until the timer expires. However, this timer shall not
restrict HSPA serving cell change to another cell in the active set if
current serving cell is to be removed from the active set. The value
0 means this timer shall not be started and serving cell change be
initiated immediately.
Unit: s
Default Value: 0
HsupaCMPer BSC6900 SET
missionInd
UCMCF(Opti the HSUPA service. If this parameter is set to Permit: 1. the RNC
onal)
can enable the CM for HSUPA services. 2. The HSUPA services
can be enabled when the CM is enabled. If this parameter is set to
Limited: 1. the CM for HSUPA services can be enabled only after
the E2D (E-DCH to DCH) channel switch. 2. The HSUPA services
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-17
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
cannot be enabled when the CM is enabled. If this parameter is set

to BasedonUECap, the RNC determines whether CM can be
enabled for HSUPA services and whether HSUPA services can be
enabled when the CM is enabled by considering the UE capability.
This switch is used for the compatibility of the HSUPA terminals
that do not support CM when HSUPA is enabled.
GUI Value Range: Limited, Permit, BasedOnUECap(Based On UE
Capability)
Actual Value Range: Limited, Permit, BasedOnUECap
Unit: None
Default Value: BasedOnUECap
Hystfor1B
BSC6900 ADD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
Meaning: Hysteresis used for event 1B. The value of this

parameter is associated with the slow fading. If this parameter is
set to a greater value, the number of ping-pong handovers and the
number of incorrect handovers reduce; however, the handover
may not be triggered in time. For details on the definition of this
parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331.In addition, filter coefficient and
interval time must be considered in setting this parameter.
If this parameter is set to a greater value, the SHO coverage for an
incoming UE reduces; however, the SHO coverage area for an
outgoing UE enlarges. If the UEs who enter the area are equal to
those who leave the area, the ratio of SHO remains unchanged. If
this parameter is set to a greater value, the ability of resisting
signal fluctuation improves and the number of ping-pong
handovers decreases; however, the handover algorithm becomes
slow in responding to the signal change.
Actual Value Range: 0~7.5, step:0.5
Unit: dB
Default Value: 0
Hystfor1B
BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Hysteresis used for event 1B. The value of this
UINTRAFRE parameter is associated with the slow fading. If this parameter is
QHO(Option set to a greater value, the number of ping-pong handovers and the
al)
Unit: dB
Default Value: 0
Hystfor1C
13-18
BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Hysteresis used for event 1C. The value of this

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)

Unit: dB
Default Value: 8
Hystfor1C
BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Hysteresis used for event 1C. The value of this
al)
Unit: dB
Default Value: 8
Hystfor1D
BSC6900 ADD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
Meaning: Hysteresis used for event 1D. The value of this

Impact on network performance:
Unit: dB
Default Value: 8
Hystfor1D
BSC6900 SET
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
Meaning: Hysteresis used for event 1D. The value of this

13-19
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

al)
Unit: dB
Default Value: 8
Hystfor1J
BSC6900 ADD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
Meaning: Hysteresis used for event 1J. The value of this

Unit: dB
Default Value: 8
Hystfor1J
BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Hysteresis used for event 1J. The value of this
al)
Unit: dB
Default Value: 8
HystFor2B
BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Hysteresis for triggering event 2B.
UCELLINTE The value of this parameter is associated with the slow fading. If
RFREQHOC this parameter is set to a greater value, the ability of resisting
OV(Optional) signal fluctuation improves and the number of ping-pong
MOD
UCELLINTE slow in responding to the signal change and thus event 2B may not
RFREQHOC be triggered in time.
OV(Optional)
Unit: dB/ dBm
Default Value: 4
HystFor2B
BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Hysteresis for triggering event 2B.
UINTERFRE The value of this parameter is associated with the slow fading. If
QHOCOV(O this parameter is set to a greater value, the ability of resisting
ptional)
13-20

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

slow in responding to the signal change and thus event 2B may not
be triggered in time.
Unit: dB/ dBm
Default Value: 4
Hystfor2C
BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Hysteresis used for event 2C.
RFREQHON this parameter is set to a greater value, the ability of resisting
COV(Option signal fluctuation improves and the number of ping-pong
al)
MOD
slow in responding to the signal change and thus event 2C may not
UCELLINTE be triggered in time.
RFREQHON
COV(Option GUI Value Range: 0~29
al)
Unit: dB
Default Value: 6
Hystfor2C
BSC6900 ADD
UCELLMBD The value of this parameter is associated with the slow fading. If
RINTERFRE this parameter is set to a greater value, the ability of resisting
Q(Optional) signal fluctuation improves and the number of ping-pong
MOD
UCELLMBD slow in responding to the signal change and thus event 2C may not
RINTERFRE be triggered in time.
Q(Optional)
Unit: dB
Default Value: 6
Hystfor2C
BSC6900 SET
QHONCOV( this parameter is set to a greater value, the ability of resisting
Optional)
slow in responding to the signal change and thus event 2C may not
be triggered in time.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 6
HystFor2D
BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Hysteresis for triggering event 2D.
RFREQHOC this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of ping-pong
OV(Optional) reporting of event 2D and event 2F reduces and the number of
MOD
incorrect decisions on event 2D decreases; however, event 2D
UCELLINTE may not be triggered in time.
RFREQHOC When "InterFreqReportMode" is set to
OV(Optional) PERIODICAL_REPORTING, the hysteresis in active set quality
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-21
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
measurement is used to prevent the ping-pong reporting of event

2D (triggered when the estimated quality of the frequency in use is
lower than the threshold) and event 2F (triggered when the
estimated quality of the frequency in use is higher than the
threshold). Event 2D is used to enable the compression mode and
event 2F is used to disable the compression mode. To prevent the
compression mode from being frequently enabled and disabled,
you can set "Hystfor2D" and "Hystfor2F" to be greater than their
recommended values according to the statistics of the ping-pong
inter-frequency handover.
To set "Hystfor2D" and "Hystfor2F", you should consider the radio
environment (with slow fading characteristics), actual handover
distance, and moving speed of the UE. The value of this parameter
ranges from 2 dB to 5 dB. In addition, filter coefficient and trigger
delay must be considered in setting this parameter.
Unit: dB/ dBm
Default Value: 4
HystFor2D
BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Hysteresis for event 2D.
UCELLINTE This parameter is used to avoid the ping-pong reporting of event
RRATHOCO 2D (the estimated quality of the currently used frequency is below
V(Optional) a certain threshold). The value of this parameter is associated with
MOD
slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the
UCELLINTE probability of ping-pong reporting or wrong decision is lower, but
RRATHOCO the event may not be triggered in time. If this parameter is set to a
V(Optional) smaller value, ping-pong reporting of event 2D is likely to occur.
The setting of this parameter should consider the radio conditions
(slow fading), actual handover distance, and moving speed of the
UE. The value of this parameter ranges from 2 dB to 5 dB. In
addition, filter coefficient and triggering delay must be considered
in setting this parameter.
Unit: dB/ dBm
Default Value: 4
HystFor2D
13-22
BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Hysteresis for triggering event 2D.
QHOCOV(O this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of ping-pong
ptional)
reporting of event 2D and event 2F reduces and the number of
incorrect decisions on event 2D decreases; however, event 2D
may not be triggered in time.
When "InterFreqReportMode" is set to
PERIODICAL_REPORTING, the hysteresis in active set quality
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Unit: dB/ dBm
Default Value: 4
HystFor2D
BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Hysteresis for event 2D.
UINTERRAT This parameter is used to avoid the ping-pong reporting of event
HOCOV(Opti 2D (the estimated quality of the currently used frequency is below
onal)
a certain threshold). The value of this parameter is associated with
slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the
probability of ping-pong reporting or wrong decision is lower, but
the event may not be triggered in time. If this parameter is set to a
smaller value, ping-pong reporting of event 2D is likely to occur.
Unit: dB/ dBm
Default Value: 4
HystFor2F
BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Hysteresis for triggering event 2F.
RFREQHOC this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of ping-pong
OV(Optional) reporting of event 2D and event 2F reduces and the number of
MOD
incorrect decisions on event 2F decrease; however, event 2F may
UCELLINTE not be triggered in time.
RFREQHOC When "InterFreqReportMode" is set to
OV(Optional) PERIODICAL_REPORTING, the hysteresis in active set quality
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-23
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Unit: dB/ dBm
Default Value: 4
HystFor2F
BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Hysteresis for event 2F.
UCELLINTE The value of this parameter is associated with slow fading. If this
RRATHOCO parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of ping-pong
V(Optional) reporting or wrong decision is lower, but the event may not be
MOD
triggered in time.
UCELLINTE The inter-RAT measurement hysteresis in periodical reporting
RRATHOCO mode is used to prevent the ping-pong reporting of event 2D (the
V(Optional) estimated quality of the currently used frequency is below a certain
threshold) and event 2F (the estimated quality of the currently used
frequency is above a certain threshold). Event 2D is used to enable
the compressed mode and event 2F is used to disable the
compressed mode. "Hystfor2D" can be increased slightly based on
the recommended value, considering inter-frequency handover
statistics. Hystfor2D can also be increased slightly to prevent the
compressed mode from being frequently enabled and disabled and
to avoid unnecessary active set updates.
Unit: dB/ dBm
Default Value: 4
HystFor2F
13-24
BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Hysteresis for triggering event 2F.
QHOCOV(O this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of ping-pong
ptional)
reporting of event 2D and event 2F reduces and the number of
incorrect decisions on event 2F decrease; however, event 2F may
not be triggered in time.
When "InterFreqReportMode" is set to
PERIODICAL_REPORTING, the hysteresis in active set quality

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Unit: dB/ dBm
Default Value: 4
HystFor2F
BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Hysteresis for event 2F.
UINTERRAT The value of this parameter is associated with slow fading. If this
HOCOV(Opti parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of ping-pong
onal)
reporting or wrong decision is lower, but the event may not be
triggered in time.
The inter-RAT measurement hysteresis in periodical reporting
mode is used to prevent the ping-pong reporting of event 2D (the
estimated quality of the currently used frequency is below a certain
threshold) and event 2F (the estimated quality of the currently used
frequency is above a certain threshold). Event 2D is used to enable
the compressed mode and event 2F is used to disable the
compressed mode. "Hystfor2D" can be increased slightly based on
the recommended value, considering inter-frequency handover
statistics. Hystfor2D can also be increased slightly to prevent the
compressed mode from being frequently enabled and disabled and
to avoid unnecessary active set updates.
Unit: dB/ dBm
Default Value: 4
HystforInterR BSC6900 ADD

Meaning: Hysteresis for inter-RAT periodical reporting.
AT
UCELLINTE This parameter is used to avoid incorrect decisions caused by
RRATHOCO unexpected jitters of signals during inter-RAT handover decisions.
V(Optional) HystforInterRAT and the inter-RAT handover decision threshold
MOD
determine whether to trigger inter-RAT handovers.
UCELLINTE If this parameter is set to a greater value, the ability of resisting
RRATHOCO signal fluctuation improves and the number of ping-pong
V(Optional) handovers decreases; however, the handover algorithm becomes
slow in responding to the signal change. If this parameter is set to
a larger value, the cell of another RAT where the UE needs to be
handed over to must be of good quality. Therefore, the criteria for
triggering the inter-RAT handover decision is hard to be fulfilled,
and the call drop rate will increase.
The emulation result shows that in a cell where the average
moving speed of UEs is high (for example, a cell that covers
highways), this parameter can be set to a smaller value 1.5 dB,
because in the cell the terrain is flat, barriers are fewer, and thus
the shadow fading variation is small. In a cell where the average
moving speed of UEs is low, this parameter can be set to a larger
value 3.0 dB, because there are usually many tall buildings and
thus the shadow fading variation is comparatively high.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-25
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
Unit: dB
Default Value: 0
Meaning: Hysteresis for inter-RAT periodical reporting.
HystforInterR BSC6900 SET
AT
UINTERRAT This parameter is used to avoid incorrect decisions caused by
HOCOV(Opti unexpected jitters of signals during inter-RAT handover decisions.
onal)
HystforInterRAT and the inter-RAT handover decision threshold
determine whether to trigger inter-RAT handovers.
If this parameter is set to a greater value, the ability of resisting
slow in responding to the signal change. If this parameter is set to
a larger value, the cell of another RAT where the UE needs to be
handed over to must be of good quality. Therefore, the criteria for
triggering the inter-RAT handover decision is hard to be fulfilled,
and the call drop rate will increase.
The emulation result shows that in a cell where the average
moving speed of UEs is high (for example, a cell that covers
highways), this parameter can be set to a smaller value 1.5 dB,
because in the cell the terrain is flat, barriers are fewer, and thus
the shadow fading variation is small. In a cell where the average
moving speed of UEs is low, this parameter can be set to a larger
value 3.0 dB, because there are usually many tall buildings and
thus the shadow fading variation is comparatively high.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 0
HystForPrdIn BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Hysteresis in the inter-frequency hard handover
terFreq
UCELLINTE triggered by the periodic measurement report.
RFREQHOC This parameter is used to estimate the inter-frequency handover
OV(Optional) on the RNC side. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the
MOD
ability of resisting signal fluctuation improves and the number of
UCELLINTE ping-pong handovers decreases; however, the handover algorithm
RFREQHOC becomes slow in responding to the signal change and thus the
OV(Optional) handover may not be triggered in time.
Unit: dB/ dBm
Default Value: 0
HystForPrdIn BSC6900 ADD
terFreq
UCELLMBD triggered by the periodic measurement report.
RINTERFRE This parameter is used to estimate the inter-frequency handover
Q(Optional) on the RNC side. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the
MOD
UCELLMBD ping-pong handovers decreases; however, the handover algorithm
RINTERFRE becomes slow in responding to the signal change and thus the
Q(Optional) handover may not be triggered in time.
Unit: dB/ dBm
13-26

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
Default Value: 0
HystForPrdIn BSC6900 SET
terFreq
UINTERFRE triggered by the periodic measurement report.
QHOCOV(O This parameter is used to estimate the inter-frequency handover
ptional)
on the RNC side. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the
ping-pong handovers decreases; however, the handover algorithm
becomes slow in responding to the signal change and thus the
handover may not be triggered in time.
Unit: dB/ dBm
Default Value: 0
IFAntiPingpa BSC6900 SET
Meaning: After the coverage based handover succeeds, to avoid
ngTimerLeng
UHOCOMM( the handover of the UE to another frequency due to the following
th
Optional)
factors: overload, speed estimation, MBMS channel reselection,
and QoS, frequent handovers occur. The RNC will start the
inter-frequency non-coverage based anti-ping-pong timer and
prohibit the handover or measurement caused by the previous
factors before the timeout of the timer. The larger this parameter,
the better effect the anti-frequent handover. This, however, will
affect the management policy of the cell or the quality of service
felt by the users; the smaller this parameter, the more frequent the
Unit: s
Default Value: 30
InterFreqCS BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Ec/No threshold of triggering the inter-frequency
Thd2DEcN0
UCELLINTE measurement for CS services.
RFREQHOC The threshold of triggering the inter-frequency measurement
OV(Optional) (namely, threshold of enabling the compression mode) is a key
MOD
parameter in the inter-frequency handover policy. The setting of
UCELLINTE this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression
RFREQHOC mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set
OV(Optional) this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the
UE and cell radius.
When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for CS services,
the UE reports event 2D when the measured Ec/No value is lower
than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the
signaling to activate the compression mode and start the
inter-frequency measurement.
For the UE moving at a speed of 5 km/h, the recommended
threshold is -17 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of 50 km/h, the
recommended threshold is -14 dB; for the UE moving at a speed of
120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -12 dB.
For the cell in which the UEs are moving at various speeds, set this
parameter to -14 dB. The emulation result shows that the call drop
rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h when
this parameter is set to -14 dB.
Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable the
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-27
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
compression mode respectively. To enable the compression mode

earlier, increase the threshold of triggering event 2D; otherwise,
decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D. To prevent the
frequent enabling and disabling of the compression mode,
increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering event
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -14
InterFreqCS BSC6900 SET
Thd2DEcN0
UINTERFRE measurement for CS services.
QHOCOV(O The threshold of triggering the inter-frequency measurement
ptional)
(namely, threshold of enabling the compression mode) is a key
this parameter affects the proportion of the UEs in compression
mode in a cell and the success rate of the hard handover. To set
this parameter, consider the following factors: moving speed of the
UE and cell radius.
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -14
Meaning: RSCP threshold of triggering the inter-frequency
Thd2DRSCP
MOD
UE and cell radius.
13-28

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for CS services,

the UE reports event 2D when the measured RSCP value is lower
threshold is -100 dBm; for the UE moving at a speed of 50 km/h,
the recommended threshold is -97 dBm; for the UE moving at a
speed of 120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -93 dBm.
parameter to -95 dBm. The emulation result shows that the call
drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of 120 km/h
when this parameter is set to -95 dBm.
2D and event 2F.
When the signals at the entrance to an elevator or a subway
change too fast to perform handover, set this parameter to -90
dBm to enable the compression mode earlier.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -95
Thd2DRSCP
ptional)
UE and cell radius.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-29
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

2D and event 2F.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -95
Meaning: Ec/No threshold of stopping the inter-frequency
Thd2FEcN0
RFREQHOC The threshold of stopping the inter-frequency measurement
OV(Optional) (namely, threshold of disabling the compression mode) is a key
MOD
UE and cell radius.
the UE reports event 2F when the measured Ec/No value is higher
signaling to disable the compression mode and stop the
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
Thd2FEcN0
QHOCOV(O The threshold of stopping the inter-frequency measurement
ptional)
(namely, threshold of disabling the compression mode) is a key
UE and cell radius.
13-30

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

2D and event 2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
Meaning: RSCP threshold of stopping the inter-frequency
Thd2FRSCP
MOD
UE and cell radius.
the UE reports event 2F when the measured RSCP value is higher
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
Thd2FRSCP
ptional)
UE and cell radius.
the UE reports event 2F when the measured RSCP value is higher
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-31
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

2D and event 2F.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
InterFreqHTh BSC6900 ADD
d2DEcN0
UCELLINTE measurement for HSPA services.
MOD
UE and cell radius.
When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA
services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured Ec/No value
is lower than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -14
InterFreqHTh BSC6900 SET
d2DEcN0
UINTERFRE measurement for HSPA services.
ptional)
13-32

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

UE and cell radius.
is lower than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends the
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -14
d2DRSCP
MOD
UE and cell radius.
When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA
services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured RSCP
value is lower than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC
sends the signaling to activate the compression mode and start the
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-33
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

2D and event 2F.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -95
d2DRSCP
ptional)
UE and cell radius.
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -95
d2FEcN0
MOD
13-34

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
UE and cell radius.
services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured Ec/No value
is higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends
the signaling to disable the compression mode and stop the
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
d2FEcN0
ptional)
UE and cell radius.
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
d2FRSCP
MOD
UE and cell radius.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-35
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured RSCP value
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
d2FRSCP
ptional)
UE and cell radius.
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
InterFreqMea BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Length of the timer for the inter-frequency measurement.
sTime
UCELLINTE If the inter-frequency handover is not performed before this timer
RFREQHOC expires, the inter-frequency measurement is stopped and the
OV(Optional) compression mode is disabled (once enabled). The value 0
MOD
indicates that this timer is not started.
13-36

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
UCELLINTE This parameter is used to prevent the long duration of the

RFREQHOC inter-frequency measurement state (compression mode) due to
OV(Optional) unavailability of a target cell that meets the handover
requirements.
Setting this parameter to a smaller value reduces the impact of
long duration of compression mode on the serving cell. In this
case, however, the compression mode may be disabled before the
inter-frequency handover of the UE. For the coverage-based
inter-frequency handover, call drops may occur.
Unit: s
Default Value: 60
sTime
UCELLINTE If the inter-frequency handover is not performed before this timer
RFREQHON expires, the inter-frequency measurement is stopped and the
COV(Option compression mode is disabled (once enabled). The value 0
al)
MOD
This parameter is used to prevent the long duration of the
UCELLINTE inter-frequency measurement state (compression mode) due to
RFREQHON unavailability of a target cell that meets the handover
COV(Option requirements.
al)
Unit: s
Default Value: 60
Meaning: Timer length for inter-frequency measurement.
sTime
UCELLMBD After inter-frequency measurement starts, if no inter-frequency
RINTERFRE handover is performed when this timer expires, the inter-frequency
Q(Optional) measurement is stopped. In addition, the compressed mode is
MOD
deactivated, if any. The value 0 indicates that the timer is not to be
UCELLMBD enabled.
RINTERFRE This parameter is used to prevent the long inter-frequency
Q(Optional) measurement state (compressed mode) due to unavailable
measurement of the target cells that meet the handover
requirements.
Setting the value of this parameter smaller can reduce the
long-time impact of the compressed mode on the serving cell. In
this case, however, the compressed mode might be stopped
earlier and as a result the UE cannot trigger inter-frequency
handover.
Unit: s
Default Value: 3
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-37
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Meaning: This parameter defines the timer length for
sTime
UCELLMCL inter-frequency measurement.
DR(Optional) After inter-frequency measurement starts, if no inter-frequency
handover is performed when this timer expires, the inter-frequency
MOD
UCELLMCL measurement and the compressed mode (if started) are stopped.
DR(Optional) This parameter is used to prevent the long inter-frequency
measurement state (compressed mode) due to unavailable
requirements.
handover.
Unit: s
Default Value: 6
InterFreqMea BSC6900 SET
sTime
UINTERFRE If the inter-frequency handover is not performed before this timer
QHOCOV(O expires, the inter-frequency measurement is stopped and the
ptional)
compression mode is disabled (once enabled). The value 0
inter-frequency measurement state (compression mode) due to
unavailability of a target cell that meets the handover
requirements.
Unit: s
Default Value: 60
sTime
UINTERFRE If the inter-frequency handover is not performed before this timer
QHONCOV( expires, the inter-frequency measurement is stopped and the
Optional)
compression mode is disabled (once enabled). The value 0
inter-frequency measurement state (compression mode) due to
unavailability of a target cell that meets the handover
requirements.
13-38

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Unit: s
Default Value: 60
Meaning: This parameter defines the timer length for
sTime
UMCLDR(O inter-frequency measurement.
ptional)
After inter-frequency measurement starts, if no inter-frequency
handover is performed when this timer expires, the inter-frequency
measurement and the compressed mode (if started) are stopped.
This parameter is used to prevent the long inter-frequency
measurement state (compressed mode) due to unavailable
requirements.
handover.
Unit: s
Default Value: 6
InterFreqNC BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Threshold of signal quality of the target frequency for
ovHOThdEc
UINTERFRE triggering inter-frequency measurement.
N0
QHONCOV( This parameter is used to set measurement control on the event
Optional)
2C.
The event 2C is triggered when the signal quality of the target
frequency is above this threshold.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -16
InterFreqR99 BSC6900 ADD
PsThd2DEc
UCELLINTE measurement for PS non-HSPA services.
N0
MOD
UE and cell radius.
When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for PS
non-HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured
Ec/No value is lower than the value of this parameter. Then, the
RNC sends the signaling to activate the compression mode and
start the inter-frequency measurement.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-39
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -14
InterFreqR99 BSC6900 SET
PsThd2DEc
UINTERFRE measurement for PS non-HSPA services.
N0
ptional)
UE and cell radius.
Ec/No value is lower than the value of this parameter. Then, the
RNC sends the signaling to activate the compression mode and
start the inter-frequency measurement.
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -14
PsThd2DRS
CP
MOD
13-40

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

UE and cell radius.
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -95
PsThd2DRS
CP
ptional)
UE and cell radius.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-41
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

2D and event 2F.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -95
PsThd2FEcN
0
MOD
UE and cell radius.
non-HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured
Ec/No value is higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the
RNC sends the signaling to disable the compression mode and
stop the inter-frequency measurement.
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
PsThd2FEcN
0
ptional)
UE and cell radius.
Ec/No value is higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the
13-42

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

2D and event 2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
PsThd2FRS
CP
MOD
UE and cell radius.
When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for PS
RSCP value is higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the
2D and event 2F.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
PsThd2FRS
CP
ptional)
UE and cell radius.
When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for PS
RSCP value is higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-43
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

2D and event 2F.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
InterFreqRA BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Cell-level switch for controlling inter-frequency and
TSwitch
UCELLHOC inter-RAN handover
OMM(Option In actual networks where inter-frequency and inter-RAT cells
al)
coexist, the parameter should be configured according to actual
MOD
handover policies.
UCELLHOC When INTERFREQ is selected, only inter-frequency neighboring
OMM(Option cells are measured and inter-frequency handover is performed. If
al)
INTERRAT is selected, only GSM neighboring cells are measured
and inter-RAT handover is performed. When SIMINTERFREQRAT
is selected, both inter-frequency and inter-RAT cells are
measured, and the handover is performed according to the type of
the cell that first meets the handover decision criteria.
The parameter decides the handover for each cell when the
inter-frequency and inter-RAT cells coexist.
GUI Value Range: INTERFREQ(inter-frequency handover only),
INTERRAT(inter-RAT handover only),
SIMINTERFREQRAT(inter-frequency and inter-RAT handover)
Actual Value Range: INTERFREQ, INTERRAT,
SIMINTERFREQRAT
Unit: None
Default Value: SIMINTERFREQRAT
InterFreqRep BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Cell-oriented inter-frequency measurement report mode
ortMode
UCELLINTE If this parameter is set to PERIODICAL_REPORTING,
RFREQHOC measurement reports are periodically reported. If this parameter is
OV(Optional) set to EVENT_TRIGGER, measurement reports are reported by
MOD
triggering the event.
UCELLINTE There are two inter-frequency handover report modes in the RNC,
RFREQHOC namely, event-triggered report and periodical report. The report
OV(Optional) mode is selected by setting the inter-frequency report mode switch
that is RNC-oriented.
Event-triggered report mode
In this mode, event 2B is used to decide whether to trigger
inter-frequency handover. This prevents the ping-pong handover
(The quality of the currently used frequency is lower than the
absolute threshold "used frequency quality threshold", and the
quality of the unused frequency is higher than another absolute
13-44

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
threshold "target frequency trigger threshold"). Event 2B cannot

change from event-triggered mode to periodical mode. When
event-triggered measurement report mode is selected, Ec/No and
RSCP are both used as the measurement quantity for
inter-frequency measurement. The advantage of event-triggered
report mode is that the signaling transmission and processing load
are saved. Comparing the signal quality between intra-frequency
and inter-frequency handovers, the ping-pong effect in handover is
prevented to some extent. The disadvantage of event-triggered
report mode is that the event is reported only once and cannot be
changed to periodical mode. For the cell-oriented algorithm
parameters, each time when the best cell is updated, the
inter-frequency measurement parameters should be updated
accordingly.
Periodical report mode
In this mode, event 2D/2F is used to start and stop the compressed
mode, and to periodically report the inter-frequency cell
measurement result in compressed mode. When the cell quality
reported by the UE is higher than the absolute threshold plus
hysteresis, the triggering delay timer is started. If the conditions are
always met before the timer expires, the inter-frequency handover
is started after the timer expires.
If the handover fails, the handover decision is performed,
according to the periodical inter-frequency measurement report.
The advantage of the periodical measurement report mode is that
it can repeatedly perform direct retry on the same cell when the
handover fails, and that the following algorithms can be flexibly
developed. For the cell-oriented algorithm parameters, the UE
need not be informed through signaling but the cell need be
updated only when the handover decision is performed in the
RNC. The disadvantage of the periodical measurement report
mode is that it requires large amount of signaling and increases the
load on the air interface and for signaling processing.
As for the impact on network performance, the two measurement
report modes have both advantages and disadvantages. Currently,
the traditional periodical report mode is preferred.
GUI Value Range: PERIODICAL_REPORTING(Periodical
reporting), EVENT_TRIGGER(Event trigger)
Actual Value Range: PERIODICAL_REPORTING,
EVENT_TRIGGER
Unit: None
Default Value: PERIODICAL_REPORTING
InterFreqRep BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Inter-frequency measurement report mode.
ortMode
UCELLMBD PERIODICAL_REPORTING: periodical inter-frequency
RINTERFRE measurement report
Q(Optional) EVENT_TRIGGER: event-triggered inter-frequency measurement
MOD
report
UCELLMBD There are two inter-frequency handover report modes in the RNC,
RINTERFRE namely, event-triggered measurement report and periodical
Q(Optional) measurement report. The report mode is selected by setting the
inter-frequency report mode switch that is RNC-oriented.
- Event-triggered measurement report
Use event 2B to decide whether to trigger inter-frequency
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-45
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
handover. This prevents the ping-pong effect from occurring before

and after inter-frequency handover (The quality of the currently
used frequency is lower than the absolute threshold "used
frequency quality threshold", and the quality of the unused
frequency is higher than another absolute threshold "target
frequency trigger threshold". ) The reason is that event 2B cannot
change from event-triggered mode to periodical mode and cannot
reattempt if the non-handover attempt fails, unless this cell can
trigger event 2B again.
The advantage of event-triggered report mode is that the signaling
transmission and processing load are saved. Comparing the signal
quality between intra-frequency and inter-frequency handovers,
the ping-pong effect in handover is prevented to some extent. The
disadvantage of event-triggered report mode is that the event is
reported only once and cannot be changed to periodical mode. If
the handover fails, the periodical report is triggered only by the
internal timer. For the cell-oriented algorithm parameters, each
time when the best cell is updated, the inter-frequency
measurement parameters should be updated accordingly.
- Periodical report mode
Use event 2D/2F to start and stop the compressed mode, and to
report the inter-frequency cell measurement result during the
compressed mode period. When the cell quality reported by the
UE is higher than the absolute threshold plus hysteresis, start the
trigger delay timer. If the conditions are always met before the
timer expires, start the inter-frequency handover after the timer
expires.
If the handover fails, perform the handover decision according to
the inter-frequency measurement period report.
The advantage of the periodical report mode is that it can
repeatedly perform direct retry on the same cell when the
developed. In addition, for the cell-oriented algorithm parameters,
the UE need not be informed through signaling but the cell need be
RNC. The disadvantage of the periodical report mode is that it
requires large amount of signaling and increases the load on the
air interface and for signaling processing.
As for the impact on network performance, the two report modes
have both advantages and disadvantages. Currently, the
traditional periodical report mode is used.
EVENT_TRIGGER
Unit: None
Default Value: EVENT_TRIGGER
InterFreqRep BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Cell-oriented inter-frequency measurement report mode
ortMode
UINTERFRE If this parameter is set to PERIODICAL_REPORTING,
QHOCOV(O measurement reports are periodically reported. If this parameter is
ptional)
set to EVENT_TRIGGER, measurement reports are reported by
triggering the event.
There are two inter-frequency handover report modes in the RNC,
13-46

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
namely, event-triggered report and periodical report. The report

mode is selected by setting the inter-frequency report mode switch
that is RNC-oriented.
Event-triggered report mode
In this mode, event 2B is used to decide whether to trigger
inter-frequency handover. This prevents the ping-pong handover
(The quality of the currently used frequency is lower than the
absolute threshold "used frequency quality threshold", and the
quality of the unused frequency is higher than another absolute
threshold "target frequency trigger threshold"). Event 2B cannot
change from event-triggered mode to periodical mode. When
event-triggered measurement report mode is selected, Ec/No and
RSCP are both used as the measurement quantity for
inter-frequency measurement. The advantage of event-triggered
report mode is that the signaling transmission and processing load
are saved. Comparing the signal quality between intra-frequency
and inter-frequency handovers, the ping-pong effect in handover is
prevented to some extent. The disadvantage of event-triggered
report mode is that the event is reported only once and cannot be
changed to periodical mode. For the cell-oriented algorithm
parameters, each time when the best cell is updated, the
inter-frequency measurement parameters should be updated
accordingly.
Periodical report mode
In this mode, event 2D/2F is used to start and stop the compressed
mode, and to periodically report the inter-frequency cell
measurement result in compressed mode. When the cell quality
reported by the UE is higher than the absolute threshold plus
hysteresis, the triggering delay timer is started. If the conditions are
always met before the timer expires, the inter-frequency handover
is started after the timer expires.
If the handover fails, the handover decision is performed,
according to the periodical inter-frequency measurement report.
The advantage of the periodical measurement report mode is that
it can repeatedly perform direct retry on the same cell when the
developed. For the cell-oriented algorithm parameters, the UE
need not be informed through signaling but the cell need be
RNC. The disadvantage of the periodical measurement report
mode is that it requires large amount of signaling and increases the
load on the air interface and for signaling processing.
As for the impact on network performance, the two measurement
report modes have both advantages and disadvantages. Currently,
the traditional periodical report mode is preferred.
EVENT_TRIGGER
Unit: None
InterRATCST BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Threshold of triggering inter-RAT measurement for CS
hd2DEcN0
UCELLINTE services when measurement quantity is Ec/No.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-47
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
RRATHOCO The threshold of triggering the inter-RAT measurement (the

V(Optional) threshold of enabling the compressed mode) is a key parameter in
MOD
the inter-RAT handover policy. The setting of this parameter
UCELLINTE affects the proportion of the UEs in compressed mode in a cell and
RRATHOCO the success rate of the hard handover. The setting of this
V(Optional) parameter should consider two factors, moving speed of the UE
and cell radius.
than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to enable
the compressed mode and start inter-RAT measurement.
120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -12 dB. In actual
networks, set this parameter to -14 dB because the UEs in a cell
usually move at different speeds. The emulation result shows that
the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of
120 km/h when this parameter is set to -14 dB.
If the cell is a macro cell, it indicates that micro cells exist in this
cell. To enable the micro cells to handle more traffic, the
compressed mode start and stop thresholds should be set higher,
that is, the thresholds for events 2D and 2F using CPICH RSCP
are set higher.
If the cell is a micro cell, the default value should be modified
according to the link budgeting result.
compressed mode respectively. When the cell is located in the
center of the frequency coverage or the inter-frequency
measurement quantity uses both Ec/No and RSCP, then the Ec/No
value is used as the criterion for events 2D and 2F. To enable the
compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of triggering
event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering event 2D.
To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the compressed
mode, increase the difference between the thresholds of triggering
event 2D and event 2F.
compressed mode respectively in inter-RAT measurement. The
requirements on the signal quality and inter-RAT handover policies
vary with the service type. Therefore, the thresholds of enabling
and disabling inter-RAT measurement are distinguished by CS,
PS, and signaling.
To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of
triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering
event 2D. To prevent the frequent enabling and disabling of the
compressed mode, increase the difference between the thresholds
of triggering event 2D and event 2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -14
InterRATCST BSC6900 SET
hd2DEcN0
UINTERRAT services when measurement quantity is Ec/No.
13-48

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
HOCOV(Opti The threshold of triggering the inter-RAT measurement (the

onal)
threshold of enabling the compressed mode) is a key parameter in
affects the proportion of the UEs in compressed mode in a cell and
the success rate of the hard handover. The setting of this
parameter should consider two factors, moving speed of the UE
and cell radius.
the compressed mode and start inter-RAT measurement.
120 km/h, the recommended threshold is -12 dB. In actual
networks, set this parameter to -14 dB because the UEs in a cell
usually move at different speeds. The emulation result shows that
the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a speed of
120 km/h when this parameter is set to -14 dB.
are set higher.
PS, and signaling.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -14
hd2DRSCP
UCELLINTE services when measurement quantity is RSCP.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-49
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
RRATHOCO When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for CS services,

V(Optional) the UE reports event 2D when the measured RSCP value is lower
MOD
UCELLINTE the compressed mode and start the inter-RAT measurement.
RRATHOCO To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of
V(Optional) triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold of triggering
In most cases, users want to be maintained within a 3G network.
Therefore, the start threshold of the inter-RAT measurement is set
smaller than that of the inter-frequency measurement in order to
trigger inter-frequency easily. In scenarios where inter-frequency
neighboring cells are unavailable or where inter-frequency
coverage is insufficient, the inter-RAT measurement start threshold
should be set relatively larger in order to trigger inter-RAT
measurement easily, thus reducing call drops.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -100
hd2DRSCP
UINTERRAT services when measurement quantity is RSCP.
HOCOV(Opti When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for CS services,
onal)
the compressed mode and start the inter-RAT measurement.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -100
Meaning: Threshold of stopping inter-RAT measurement for CS
hd2FEcN0
RRATHOCO The threshold of stopping the inter-RAT measurement (the
V(Optional) threshold of disabling the compressed mode) is a key parameter in
MOD
13-50

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
V(Optional) and cell radius.

signaling to disable the compressed mode and stop the
are set higher.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
hd2FEcN0
HOCOV(Opti The threshold of stopping the inter-RAT measurement (the
onal)
threshold of disabling the compressed mode) is a key parameter in
and cell radius.
are set higher.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-51
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
hd2FRSCP
RRATHOCO When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for CS services,
V(Optional) the UE reports event 2F when the measured RSCP value is larger
MOD
than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable
UCELLINTE the compressed mode and stop the inter-RAT measurement.
RRATHOCO
V(Optional) GUI Value Range: -115~-25
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -97
hd2FRSCP
HOCOV(Opti When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for CS services,
onal)
the UE reports event 2F when the measured RSCP value is larger
than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to disable
the compressed mode and stop the inter-RAT measurement.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -97
InterRATHO BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Maximum number of inter-RAT handover attempts after
Attempts
UCELLINTE the non-coverage-based handover failures. For each handover
RRATHONC attempt, a new target cell where the UE has not been handed over
OV(Optional) to and fulfills the criterion can be selected.
MOD
UCELLINTE GUI Value Range: 1~16
RRATHONC Actual Value Range: 1~16
OV(Optional) Unit: None
Default Value: 16
Meaning: Maximum number of inter-RAT handover attempts after
InterRATHO BSC6900 SET
Attempts
UINTERRAT the non-coverage-based handover failures. For each handover
HONCOV(O attempt, a new target cell where the UE has not been handed over
ptional)
to and fulfills the criterion can be selected.
Unit: None
Default Value: 16
InterRATHTh BSC6900 ADD
13-52
Meaning: Threshold of triggering inter-RAT measurement for

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
d2DEcN0
13 Parameters
UCELLINTE HSPA services when measurement quantity is Ec/No.

RRATHOCO The threshold of triggering the inter-RAT measurement (the
V(Optional) threshold of enabling the compressed mode) is a key parameter in
MOD
and cell radius.
is lower than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to
enable the compressed mode and start inter-RAT measurement.
In actual networks, set this parameter to -14 dB because the UEs
in a cell usually move at different speeds. The emulation result
shows that the call drop rate remains low for the UEs moving at a
speed of 120 km/h when this parameter is set to -14 dB.
are set higher.
PS, and signaling.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -15
InterRATHTh BSC6900 SET
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-53
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
d2DEcN0
UINTERRAT HSPA services when measurement quantity is Ec/No.

HOCOV(Opti The threshold of triggering the inter-RAT measurement (the
onal)
and cell radius.
is lower than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to
enable the compressed mode and start inter-RAT measurement.
are set higher.
PS, and signaling.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -15
13-54

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
d2DRSCP
13 Parameters
UCELLINTE HSPA services when measurement quantity is RSCP.

RRATHOCO When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA
V(Optional) services, the UE reports event 2D when the measured RSCP
MOD
value is lower than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the
UCELLINTE signaling to enable the compressed mode and start the inter-RAT
RRATHOCO measurement.
V(Optional) To enable the compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -110

d2DRSCP
UINTERRAT HSPA services when measurement quantity is RSCP.
HOCOV(Opti When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA
onal)
value is lower than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the
signaling to enable the compressed mode and start the inter-RAT
measurement.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -110
Meaning: Threshold of stopping inter-RAT measurement for HSPA
d2FEcN0
RRATHOCO The threshold of stopping the inter-RAT measurement (the
V(Optional) threshold of disabling the compressed mode) is a key parameter in
MOD
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-55
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
and cell radius.
are set higher.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -13
d2FEcN0
HOCOV(Opti The threshold of stopping the inter-RAT measurement (the
onal)
and cell radius.
are set higher.
13-56

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Unit: dB
Default Value: -13
d2FRSCP
RRATHOCO When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA
V(Optional) services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured RSCP value
MOD
is larger than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to
UCELLINTE disable the compressed mode and stop the inter-RAT
RRATHOCO measurement.
V(Optional)
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -107
d2FRSCP
HOCOV(Opti When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for HSPA
onal)
is larger than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the signaling to
disable the compressed mode and stop the inter-RAT
measurement.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -107
InterRATMea BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Length of the timer for inter-RAT measurement.
sTime
UCELLINTE After inter-RAT measurement starts, if no inter-RAT handover is
RRATHOCO performed when this timer expires, the inter-RAT measurement is
V(Optional) stopped. In addition, the compressed mode (if activated) should be
MOD
deactivated. The value 0 indicates that the inter-RAT
UCELLINTE measurement timer is not started.
RRATHOCO The following factors should be considered during setting:
V(Optional) This parameter is designed to prevent that the UE being in
compressed mode for a long time when the handover criteria are
not fulfilled, because the UE does not move or is moving in a low
speed. If the compressed mode is maintained for a long time, the
service quality is adversely affected and the total available capacity
of the system decreases.
Most inter-RAT handovers can be finished within 60s.
If the parameter is set to a smaller value, the UE cannot finish
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-57
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
inter-RAT handover. If the parameter is set to a larger value, the

compressed mode will not be disabled, thus affecting UE
measurement. In actual networks, statistics can be made to obtain
the delay for a successful inter-RAT handover, thus to get a proper
value of "InterRATMeasTime" that satisfies most UEs.
Unit: s
Default Value: 60
sTime
UCELLINTE After inter-RAT measurement starts, if no inter-RAT handover is
RRATHONC performed when this timer expires, the inter-RAT measurement is
OV(Optional) stopped. In addition, the compressed mode (if activated) should be
MOD
UCELLINTE measurement timer is not started.
RRATHONC The following factors should be considered during setting:
OV(Optional) This parameter is designed to prevent that the UE being in
Unit: s
Default Value: 60
Meaning: Timer length for inter-RAT measurement.
sTime
UCELLMBD After inter-RAT measurement starts, if no inter-RAT handover is
RINTERRAT performed when this timer times out, the inter-RAT measurement
(Optional)
is stopped. In addition, the compressed mode is deactivated, if
MOD
any; If the value is 0, you can infer that the inter-RAT measurement
UCELLMBD timer is not started.
RINTERRAT To set this parameter, you need to consider the following factors:
(Optional)
This parameter aims to prevent that the handover conditions are
not met and the compressed mode is kept for a long time when the
UE does not move or is moving in a low speed. The service quality
is adversely affected and the total available capacity decreases if
the compressed mode is kept for a long time.
Most inter-RAT handovers can be finished within 60 s.
As for the impact on network performance,
If the InterRATMeasTime is excessively low, the UE cannot finish
inter-RAT handovers. If InterRATMeasTime is excessively high, it
cannot help improve the service quality. In actual networks,
statistics can be made to obtain the delay for a successful
13-58

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
inter-RAT handover so as to get a proper value of

InterRATMeasTime that satisfies most UEs.
Unit: s
Default Value: 3
InterRATMea BSC6900 SET
sTime
UINTERRAT After inter-RAT measurement starts, if no inter-RAT handover is
HOCOV(Opti performed when this timer expires, the inter-RAT measurement is
onal)
stopped. In addition, the compressed mode (if activated) should be
measurement timer is not started.
The following factors should be considered during setting:
This parameter is designed to prevent that the UE being in
Unit: s
Default Value: 60
InterRATMea BSC6900 SET
sTime
UINTERRAT After inter-RAT measurement starts, if no inter-RAT handover is
HONCOV(O performed when this timer expires, the inter-RAT measurement is
ptional)
stopped. In addition, the compressed mode (if activated) should be
measurement timer is not started.
This parameter is designed to prevent that the UE being in
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-59
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Unit: s
Default Value: 60
InterRATNCo BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Quality requirement for the cell of another RAT during
vHOPSThd
UCELLINTE inter-RAT handover for CS domain services.
RRATHONC This parameter is used for measurement control on event 3C.
OV(Optional) When the target frequency quality is higher than this threshold,
MOD
event 3C is triggered. The value 0 means a value smaller than
UCELLINTE -110 dBm.
RRATHONC If the value of "Inter-RAT Report Mode" is set to
OV(Optional) "PERIODICAL_REPORTING", this parameter is used for the
assessment of inter-RAT coverage handover. That is, Tother_RAT
in the following formulas. This parameter is the absolute threshold
of the cell of another RAT (Received Signal Strength Indicator:
RSSI) for the inter-RAT handover decision.
If the quality of the cell of another RAT in the inter-RAT
measurement report fulfills the following criterion:
Mother_RAT + CIO >= Tother_RAT + H/2
Then, the system starts the trigger timer, and makes the handover
decision after the timer expires. If the quality of the cell of another
RAT fulfills the following criterion before timeout:
Mother_RAT + CIO < Tother_RAT - H/2
The RNC stops the timer and waits for another inter-RAT
measurement report.
Here,
Mother_RAT is the measurement result of the GSM RSSI.
Tother_RAT is the inter-RAT handover decision threshold.
Cell Individual Offset (CIO) is the offset for the cell of another
inter-RAT.
H represents the hysteresis, the setting of which can reduce wrong
decisions caused by signal jitters.
The sensitivity of a GSM mobile phone is -102 dBm. Considering a
margin of 3 dB for compensation of fast fading, 5 dB for
compensation of slow fading, 2 dB for compensation of
interference noise, and 2 dB for compensation of ambient noise,
the outdoor reception level should not be lower than -90 dBm.
The parameter value can vary with the handover policy. To have
UEs handed over only to GSM cells of high quality, the inter-RAT
handover decision threshold can be set to a comparatively large
value, for example -85 dBm.
Actual Value Range: lower than -110, -110~-48(Actual value meets
the condition: Actual Value = GUI Value - 111)
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 21
InterRATNCo BSC6900 SET
vHOPSThd
UINTERRAT inter-RAT handover for CS domain services.
HONCOV(O This parameter is used for measurement control on event 3C.
ptional)
When the target frequency quality is higher than this threshold,
event 3C is triggered. The value 0 means a value smaller than
-110 dBm.
13-60

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
If the value of "Inter-RAT Report Mode" is set to

"PERIODICAL_REPORTING", this parameter is used for the
measurement report fulfills the following criterion:
measurement report.
Here,
inter-RAT.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 21
InterRATPeri BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Interval that the UE reports inter-RAT measurement
odReportInte
UCELLINTE results to the RNC.
rval
RRATHOCO This parameter specifies the interval that the UE sends inter-RAT
V(Optional) measurement results to the RNC in periodical reporting mode. It is
MOD
not recommended that this parameter is set to
UCELLINTE NON_PERIODIC_REPORT since the UE behavior may be
RRATHOCO unknown.
V(Optional) The GSM RSSI measurement period is 480 ms. Therefore, the
inter-RAT periodical reporting interval should be longer than 480
ms. If the periodical reporting interval is excessively high, the
handover decision time will be long, and handovers will be slow.
The adjustment should be made according to the configured GSM
RSSI measurement compressed mode sequence. According to the
current configured GSM RSSI measurement compressed mode
sequence, the RSSI measurement of eight GSM cells can be
finished in 480 ms. Therefore, the RSSI measurement of 16 GSM
cells can be finished in 1000 ms. According to 3GPP
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-61
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
specifications, the number of inter-RAT neighboring cells should

not exceed 32. Therefore, the parameter value can be set to 2000
ms if the number of neighboring GSM cells exceeds 16.
The setting of this parameter has impact on the Uu signaling traffic.
If the period is too short and the reporting frequency is too high, the
RNC may have high load in processing signaling. If the period is
too long, the network cannot detect the signal changes in time,
which may delay the inter-RAT handover and thus cause call
drops.
GUI Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT(Non periodical
reporting), D250~1 D500~2 D1000~3 D2000~4 D3000~5
D4000~6 D6000~7 D8000~8 D12000~9 D16000~10 D20000~11
D24000~12 D28000~13 D32000~14 D64000
Actual Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, 250, 500, 1000,
2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000,
28000, 32000, 64000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D1000
InterRATPeri BSC6900 ADD
odReportInte
UCELLMBD results to the RNC.
rval
RINTERRAT This parameter specifies the interval that the UE sends inter-RAT
(Optional)
measurement results to the RNC in periodical reporting mode. It is
MOD
UCELLMBD NON_PERIODIC_REPORT since the UE behavior may be
RINTERRAT unknown.
(Optional)
The GSM RSSI measurement period is 480 ms. Therefore, the
drops.
reporting), D250~1 D500~2 D1000~3 D2000~4 D3000~5
D4000~6 D6000~7 D8000~8 D12000~9 D16000~10 D20000~11
D24000~12 D28000~13 D32000~14 D64000
2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000,
28000, 32000, 64000
Unit: ms
13-62

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

InterRATPeri BSC6900 SET
odReportInte
UINTERRAT results to the RNC.
rval
HOCOV(Opti This parameter specifies the interval that the UE sends inter-RAT
onal)
measurement results to the RNC in periodical reporting mode. It is
NON_PERIODIC_REPORT since the UE behavior may be
unknown.
The GSM RSSI measurement period is 480 ms. Therefore, the
drops.
reporting), D250~1 D500~2 D1000~3 D2000~4 D3000~5
D4000~6 D6000~7 D8000~8 D12000~9 D16000~10 D20000~11
D24000~12 D28000~13 D32000~14 D64000
2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000,
28000, 32000, 64000
Unit: ms
InterRATPing BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Hysteresis to avoid ping-pong handover between 2G and
PongHyst
UCELLINTE 3G networks.
RRATHOCO When a UE in the CS domain is handed over from a 2G network to
V(Optional) a 3G network, the system increases the hysteresis used for event
MOD
3A to prevent the ping-pong handover between the 2G network
UCELLINTE and the 3G network in the period specified by
RRATHOCO "InterRATPingPongTimer". During the penalty time, the previous
V(Optional) periodical report will be changed to the event 3A report. The value
0 indicates that the system does not take measures to avoid
ping-pong handover between 2G and 3G networks.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 0
InterRATPing BSC6900 SET
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
Meaning: Hysteresis to avoid ping-pong handover between 2G and

13-63
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
PongHyst
UINTERRAT 3G networks.
HOCOV(Opti When a UE in the CS domain is handed over from a 2G network to
onal)
a 3G network, the system increases the hysteresis used for event
and the 3G network in the period specified by
"InterRATPingPongTimer". During the penalty time, the previous
periodical report will be changed to the event 3A report. The value
0 indicates that the system does not take measures to avoid
ping-pong handover between 2G and 3G networks.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 0
InterRATPing BSC6900 ADD

Meaning: Length of the timer to avoid ping-pong handovers
PongTimer
UCELLINTE between 2G and 3G networks.
RRATHOCO When a UE in the CS domain is handed over from a 2G network to
V(Optional) a 3G network, the system increases the hysteresis used for event
MOD
UCELLINTE and the 3G network in the period specified by this parameter.
RRATHOCO During the penalty time, the previous periodical report will be
V(Optional) changed to the event 3A report. The value 0 indicates that the
system does not take measures to avoid ping-pong handover
between 2G and 3G networks.
Unit: s
Default Value: 0
InterRATPing BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Length of the timer to avoid ping-pong handovers
PongTimer
UINTERRAT between 2G and 3G networks.
HOCOV(Opti When a UE in the CS domain is handed over from a 2G network to
onal)
a 3G network, the system increases the hysteresis used for event
and the 3G network in the period specified by this parameter.
During the penalty time, the previous periodical report will be
changed to the event 3A report. The value 0 indicates that the
system does not take measures to avoid ping-pong handover
between 2G and 3G networks.
Unit: s
Default Value: 0
InterRATR99 BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Threshold of triggering inter-RAT measurement for PS
PsThd2DEc
UCELLINTE domain non-HSPA services when the measurement quantity is
N0
RRATHOCO Ec/No.
V(Optional) The threshold of triggering the inter-RAT measurement (the
MOD
UCELLINTE the inter-RAT handover policy. The setting of this parameter
RRATHOCO affects the proportion of the UEs in compressed mode in a cell and
V(Optional) the success rate of the hard handover. The setting of this
13-64

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
and cell radius.

When Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for PS domain
Ec/No value is lower than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the
signaling to enable the compressed mode and start inter-RAT
measurement.
are set higher.
PS, and signaling.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -15
InterRATR99 BSC6900 SET
PsThd2DEc
UINTERRAT domain non-HSPA services when the measurement quantity is
N0
HOCOV(Opti Ec/No.
onal)
The threshold of triggering the inter-RAT measurement (the
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-65
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

and cell radius.
Ec/No value is lower than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the
signaling to enable the compressed mode and start inter-RAT
measurement.
are set higher.
PS, and signaling.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -15
PsThd2DRS
CP
RRATHOCO RSCP.
V(Optional) When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for PS domain
MOD
13-66

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
UCELLINTE RSCP value is lower than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the
RRATHOCO signaling to enable the compressed mode and start the inter-RAT
V(Optional) measurement.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -110
PsThd2DRS
CP
HOCOV(Opti RSCP.
onal)
When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for PS domain
RSCP value is lower than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the
signaling to enable the compressed mode and start the inter-RAT
measurement.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -110
PsThd2FEcN
0
RRATHOCO Ec/No.
V(Optional) The threshold of stopping the inter-RAT measurement (the
MOD
UCELLINTE the inter-RAT handover policy. The setting of this parameter
RRATHOCO affects the proportion of the UEs in compressed mode in a cell and
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-67
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
V(Optional) the success rate of the hard handover. The setting of this
and cell radius.
HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured
Ec/No value is higher than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the
are set higher.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -13
PsThd2FEcN
0
HOCOV(Opti Ec/No.
onal)
The threshold of stopping the inter-RAT measurement (the
and cell radius.
HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F when the measured
Ec/No value is higher than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the
are set higher.
13-68

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Unit: dB
Default Value: -13
Meaning: Threshold of stopping inter-RAT measurement for PS
PsThd2FRS
CP
RRATHOCO RSCP.
V(Optional) When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for PS domain
MOD
UCELLINTE RSCP value is larger than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the
RRATHOCO signaling to disable the compressed mode and stop the inter-RAT
V(Optional) measurement.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -107
Meaning: Threshold of stopping inter-RAT measurement for PS
PsThd2FRS
CP
HOCOV(Opti RSCP.
onal)
When RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for PS domain
RSCP value is larger than this threshold. Then, the RNC sends the
signaling to disable the compressed mode and stop the inter-RAT
measurement.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -107
InterRatRepo BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Inter-RAT measurement reporting mode.
rtMode
UCELLINTE When PERIODICAL_REPORTING is selected, the periodical
RRATHOCO reporting is used for inter-RAT measurement. When
V(Optional) EVENT_TRIGGER is selected, the event-triggered reporting is
MOD
used for inter-RAT measurement.
UCELLINTE The RNC provides two inter-RAT measurement reporting modes,
RRATHOCO event-triggered reporting and periodical reporting.
V(Optional) Event-triggered reporting
To avoid the ping-pong effect before and after the inter-RAT
handover, use event 3A (quality of the currently used frequency is
lower than the absolute threshold and the signal level of the GSM
cell is higher than another absolute threshold) as the triggering
event that determines the inter-RAT handover. To improve the
handover success rate, the BSIC of the GSM cell whose event 3A
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-69
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
needs to be triggered must be decoded correctly by the UE. The

reporting mode of event 3A is not changed from event-triggered
reporting to periodical reporting. Therefore, no handover
re-attempt is made when the handover fails unless event 3A is
triggered in this cell again.
The advantage of event-triggered reporting is that the signaling
drawback of event-triggered reporting is that the event is reported
only once and cannot be changed to periodical reporting. For the
cell-oriented algorithm parameters, each time when the best cell is
updated, the inter-frequency measurement parameters should be
updated accordingly.
Periodical reporting
When the quality of the GSM cell reported by the UE meets the
criteria for inter-RAT handover, the delay trigger timer is started. If
the quality of the GSM cell always meets the criteria for inter-RAT
handover before timeout, the inter-RAT handover is triggered after
the delay trigger timer expires.
For the GSM cell whose BSIC can be decoded correctly, a shorter
delay trigger time should be set to indicate the high priority attribute
of the GSM cell. For the GSM cell whose BSIC is not verified, a
longer delay trigger time should be set to indicate the low priority
attribute of the GSM cell. In this manner, the BSIC can be decoded
faster.
If the handover fails, the handover re-attempt is made again
according to the periodical inter-RAT measurement report.
The advantage of periodical reporting is that it can be used for
repeated handover re-attempts on the same cell when the
handover fails, and that subsequent algorithms can be flexibly
the RNC updates the parameters when making internal handover
decision and the system needs not to inform the UEs of the
parameter change through signaling messages after the
handovers. The drawback of periodical reporting is that it requires
large amount of signaling and increases the load on the air
interface and for signaling processing.
The two reporting modes have both advantage and drawback.
Currently, the traditional periodical reporting mode is preferred.
EVENT_TRIGGER
Unit: None
InterRatRepo BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Inter-RAT measurement report mode.
rtMode
UCELLMBD When PERIODICAL_REPORTING is selected, you can infer that
RINTERRAT periodical inter-RAT measurement report is adopted; when
(Optional)
EVENT_TRIGGER is selected, you can infer that event-triggered
MOD
inter-RAT measurement report is adopted.
UCELLMBD The RNC includes two modes of the inter-RAT measurement
RINTERRAT report. The event triggered report and the periodical report are
13-70

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
(Optional)
selected according to the inter-RAT measurement report mode

switch.
-Event-triggered measurement report
handover, event 3A where the currently used frequency quality is
cell is higher than another absolute threshold is the triggering
handover success rate, the BSIC of the GSM cell where the event
3A is triggered must be decoded correctly by the UE. The reason is
that event 3A cannot change from event-triggered mode to
periodical mode and cannot reattempt if the handover attempt fails,
unless this cell can trigger event 3A again.
The advantage of event-triggered report mode is that signaling
transmission is reduced and the load is shared. By comparing the
signal quality between the current frequency and inter-RAT
frequency, the ping-pong effect in the handover is prevented to
some extent. The disadvantage of event-triggered report mode is
that the event is reported only once and cannot be changed to
periodical mode. If the handover fails, the periodical report is
triggered only by the internal timer. For the cell-oriented algorithm
parameters, each time the best cell is updated, the inter-frequency
measurement parameters should be updated accordingly.
-Periodical report mode
When the quality of the GSM cell reported by the UE is higher than
the inter-RAT event 2D absolute threshold + hysteresis, it starts
the delay trigger timer. If the quality of the GSM cell satisfies the
requirement throughout the duration of the timer, the system starts
the inter-RAT handover after the time-out.
The GSM cells of which the BSIC can be decoded use
comparatively shorter delay trigger time to achieve a higher
priority. The GSM cells of which the BSIC is not verified use
comparatively longer delay trigger time to achieve a lower priority
and decode the BSIC.
If the handover fails, reattempt according to the inter-RAT
measurement period report.
The advantage of the periodical report mode is that it can
repeatedly perform the handover retry on the same cell when the
the RNC updates the parameters when performing internal
handover decision and the system needs not to inform the UEs of
the parameter change through signaling messages after the
handovers. The disadvantage of the periodical mode is that it
requires large amount of signaling and increases the load on the
air interface and for signaling processing.
Both modes (the periodical mode and the event report mode) have
advantages and disadvantages. Currently, the traditional periodical
report mode is most commonly used.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-71
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
EVENT_TRIGGER
Unit: None
Default Value: EVENT_TRIGGER
InterRatRepo BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Inter-RAT measurement reporting mode.
rtMode
UINTERRAT When PERIODICAL_REPORTING is selected, the periodical
HOCOV(Opti reporting is used for inter-RAT measurement. When
onal)
EVENT_TRIGGER is selected, the event-triggered reporting is
used for inter-RAT measurement.
The RNC provides two inter-RAT measurement reporting modes,
event-triggered reporting and periodical reporting.
Event-triggered reporting
handover, use event 3A (quality of the currently used frequency is
cell is higher than another absolute threshold) as the triggering
handover success rate, the BSIC of the GSM cell whose event 3A
needs to be triggered must be decoded correctly by the UE. The
reporting mode of event 3A is not changed from event-triggered
reporting to periodical reporting. Therefore, no handover
re-attempt is made when the handover fails unless event 3A is
triggered in this cell again.
The advantage of event-triggered reporting is that the signaling
drawback of event-triggered reporting is that the event is reported
only once and cannot be changed to periodical reporting. For the
cell-oriented algorithm parameters, each time when the best cell is
updated, the inter-frequency measurement parameters should be
updated accordingly.
Periodical reporting
When the quality of the GSM cell reported by the UE meets the
criteria for inter-RAT handover, the delay trigger timer is started. If
the quality of the GSM cell always meets the criteria for inter-RAT
handover before timeout, the inter-RAT handover is triggered after
the delay trigger timer expires.
For the GSM cell whose BSIC can be decoded correctly, a shorter
delay trigger time should be set to indicate the high priority attribute
of the GSM cell. For the GSM cell whose BSIC is not verified, a
longer delay trigger time should be set to indicate the low priority
attribute of the GSM cell. In this manner, the BSIC can be decoded
faster.
If the handover fails, the handover re-attempt is made again
according to the periodical inter-RAT measurement report.
The advantage of periodical reporting is that it can be used for
repeated handover re-attempts on the same cell when the
handover fails, and that subsequent algorithms can be flexibly
the RNC updates the parameters when making internal handover
decision and the system needs not to inform the UEs of the
parameter change through signaling messages after the
handovers. The drawback of periodical reporting is that it requires
large amount of signaling and increases the load on the air
13-72

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
interface and for signaling processing.

The two reporting modes have both advantage and drawback.
Currently, the traditional periodical reporting mode is preferred.
EVENT_TRIGGER
Unit: None
IntraAblThdF BSC6900 ADD
or1FecNo
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
Meaning: Ec/No absolute threshold for event 1F in the SHO

algorithm. This parameter must be set to the value that guarantees
the quality of basic services. In addition, the value of this
parameter affects event 1F triggering.
Event 1F refers to the event reported when an urgent blind
handover is triggered. If event 1F is reported in a cell belonging to
the active set, the signal quality of the active set is poor. Under this
situation, blind handover is triggered to prevent call drops. The
urgent blind handover is triggered in a special occasion that
requires on-site measurements on the pilot strength and signal
quality in the best cell of the cell where the UE is located.
Generally, this function need not be enabled, so the parameter is
set to the lowest value by default, indicating that the blind handover
is not triggered. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the
probability of triggering event 1F increases. If this parameter is set
to a smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1F reduces.
For details on the definition of event 1F, see 3GPP TS 25.331.If
this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of triggering
blind handover increases. If this parameter is set to a smaller
value, the probability of triggering blind handover reduces. In
actual scenarios, this parameter should be set according to the
handover strategy and network coverage.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -24
IntraAblThdF BSC6900 SET

Meaning: Ec/No absolute threshold for event 1F in the SHO
or1FecNo
UINTRAFRE algorithm. This parameter must be set to the value that guarantees
QHO(Option the quality of basic services. In addition, the value of this
al)
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-73
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Unit: dB
Default Value: -24
IntraAblThdF BSC6900 ADD
or1FRSCP
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
Meaning: RSCP absolute threshold for event 1F in the SHO

algorithm. This parameter must be set to the value that guarantees
the quality of basic services. In addition, the value of this
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -115
IntraAblThdF BSC6900 SET

Meaning: RSCP absolute threshold for event 1F in the SHO
or1FRSCP
UINTRAFRE algorithm. This parameter must be set to the value that guarantees
QHO(Option the quality of basic services. In addition, the value of this
al)
13-74

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Unit: dBm
Default Value: -115
IntraRelThdF BSC6900 ADD
or1ACSNVP
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
Meaning: Relative threshold for event 1A decision when non-VP

service is performed in CS domain. If this parameter is set to a
greater value, the probability of triggering event 1A increases. If
this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering
event 1A reduces. For details on the definition of event 1A, see
3GPP TS 25.331.The relative threshold can directly affect the SHO
ratio. Therefore, the threshold should be wisely chosen to achieve
smooth SHOs.
The value of this parameter determines the SHO area and SHO
ratio. In the CDMA system, the ratio of the UE involved in soft
handover should reach 30% to 40% to ensure smooth handover.
Based on simulation results, when the relative threshold is set to 5
dB, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover (the number of
cells in the active set is at least 2) is about 35%. you are advised to
set the relative threshold to a great value (5 dB to 7 dB) during site
deployment, and to reduce the threshold when the users increase.
the threshold must be higher than 3 dB to avoid the ping-pong
handover.
You can set different relative thresholds for event 1A and event 1B
to reduce the ping-pong effect and change the soft handover ratio.
In general applications, the relative thresholds for events 1A and
1B should be consistent, and you can curb the ping-pong effect
through the triggering delay, L3 filtering coefficient, and hysteresis.
In some specific applications, if the ping-pong effect cannot be
curbed by adjusting the hysteresis values for event 1A and event
1B, you can curb it by setting a higher relative threshold for event
1B and a lower threshold for event 1A. Impact on Network
Performance: If this parameter is set to a greater value, the
probability of adding a cell to the active set increases. In this case,
more UEs are in soft handover status; however, more forward
resources are occupied. If this parameter is set to a smaller value,
the probability of adding a cell to the active set reduces. Under this
situation, the communication quality cannot be guaranteed, and
smooth handover may be affected.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 6
IntraRelThdF BSC6900 SET

Meaning: Relative threshold for event 1A decision when non-VP
or1ACSNVP
UINTRAFRE service is performed in CS domain. If this parameter is set to a
QHO(Option greater value, the probability of triggering event 1A increases. If
al)
this parameter is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering
event 1A reduces. For details on the definition of event 1A, see
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-75
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
3GPP TS 25.331.The relative threshold can directly affect the SHO

ratio. Therefore, the threshold should be wisely chosen to achieve
smooth SHOs.
The value of this parameter determines the SHO area and SHO
ratio. In the CDMA system, the ratio of the UE involved in soft
handover should reach 30% to 40% to ensure smooth handover.
Based on simulation results, when the relative threshold is set to 5
dB, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover (the number of
cells in the active set is at least 2) is about 35%. you are advised to
set the relative threshold to a great value (5 dB to 7 dB) during site
handover.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 6
or1ACSVP
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
13-76
Meaning: Relative threshold for event 1A decision when VP

service is performed. If this parameter is set to a greater value,
the probability of triggering event 1A increases. If this parameter
is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1A
reduces. For details on the definition of event 1A, see 3GPP TS
25.331.The relative threshold can directly affect the SHO ratio.
Therefore, the threshold should be wisely chosen to achieve
smooth SHOs. The value of this parameter determines the SHO
area and SHO ratio. In the CDMA system, the ratio of the UE
involved in soft handover should reach 30% to 40% to ensure
smooth handover. Based on simulation results, when the relative
threshold is set to 5 dB, the ratio of the UE involved in soft
handover (the number of cells in the active set is at least 2) is
about 35%. you are advised to set the relative threshold to a great
value (5 dB to 7 dB) during site deployment, and to reduce the
threshold when the users increase. the threshold must be higher
than 3 dB to avoid the ping-pong handover.

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Unit: dB
Default Value: 6
Meaning: Relative threshold for event 1A decision when VP
or1ACSVP
UINTRAFRE service is performed. If this parameter is set to a greater value,
QHO(Option the probability of triggering event 1A increases. If this parameter
al)
is set to a smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1A
reduces. For details on the definition of event 1A, see 3GPP TS
25.331.The relative threshold can directly affect the SHO ratio.
Therefore, the threshold should be wisely chosen to achieve
smooth SHOs. The value of this parameter determines the SHO
area and SHO ratio. In the CDMA system, the ratio of the UE
about 35%. you are advised to set the relative threshold to a great
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-77
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
Unit: dB
Default Value: 6
or1APS
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
Meaning: Relative threshold for event 1A decision when PS

service is performed. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the
probability of triggering event 1A increases. If this parameter is set
to a smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1A reduces.
For details on the definition of event 1A, see 3GPP TS 25.331. The
relative threshold can directly affect the SHO ratio. Therefore, the
threshold should be wisely chosen to achieve smooth SHOs. The
value of this parameter determines the SHO area and SHO ratio.
In the CDMA system, the ratio of the UE involved in soft handover
should reach 30% to 40% to ensure smooth handover. Based on
simulation results, when the relative threshold is set to 5 dB, the
ratio of the UE involved in soft handover (the number of cells in the
active set is at least 2) is about 35%. You are advised to set the
relative threshold to a great value (5 dB to 7 dB) during site
handover.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 6

Meaning: Relative threshold for event 1A decision when PS
or1APS
UINTRAFRE service is performed. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the
QHO(Option probability of triggering event 1A increases. If this parameter is set
al)
to a smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1A reduces.
For details on the definition of event 1A, see 3GPP TS 25.331. The
13-78

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

handover.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 6
or1BCSNVP
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
Meaning: Relative threshold for event 1B decision when non-VP

service is performed in CS domain. If this parameter is set to a
smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1B increases. If
event 1B reduces. For details on the definition of event 1B, see
3GPP TS 25.331. The relative threshold can directly affect the
SHO ratio. Therefore, the threshold should be wisely chosen to
achieve smooth SHOs. The value of this parameter determines the
SHO area and SHO ratio. In the CDMA system, the ratio of the UE
about 35%. You are advised to set the relative threshold to a great

13-79
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
Unit: dB
Default Value: 12
Meaning: Relative threshold for event 1B decision when non-VP
or1BCSNVP
UINTRAFRE service is performed in CS domain. If this parameter is set to a
QHO(Option smaller value, the probability of triggering event 1B increases. If
al)
event 1B reduces. For details on the definition of event 1B, see
3GPP TS 25.331. The relative threshold can directly affect the
SHO ratio. Therefore, the threshold should be wisely chosen to
achieve smooth SHOs. The value of this parameter determines the
SHO area and SHO ratio. In the CDMA system, the ratio of the UE
about 35%. You are advised to set the relative threshold to a great
Unit: dB
Default Value: 12
or1BCSVP
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
13-80
Meaning: Relative threshold for event 1B decision when VP

service is performed. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the
probability of triggering event 1B increases. If this parameter is set
to a greater value, the probability of triggering event 1B reduces.
For details on the definition of event 1B, see 3GPP TS 25.331. The

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
Optional)

handover.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 12

Meaning: Relative threshold for event 1B decision when VP
or1BCSVP
UINTRAFRE service is performed. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the
QHO(Option probability of triggering event 1B increases. If this parameter is set
al)
handover.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-81
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
Unit: dB
Default Value: 12
or1BPS
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
Meaning: Relative threshold for event 1B decision when PS

service is performed. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the
probability of triggering event 1B increases. If this parameter is set
handover.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 12

Meaning: Relative threshold for event 1B decision when PS
UINTRAFRE service is performed. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the
13-82

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
or1BPS
13 Parameters
QHO(Option probability of triggering event 1B increases. If this parameter is set

al)
handover.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 12
LimitCMDlSF BSC6900 SET

Meaning: Downlink SF threshold for enabling compressed mode
Thd
UCMCF(Man (CM).
datory)
When the parameter "DlSFLimitCMInd" is set to TRUE and the
current downlink SF is smaller than or equal to the value of this
parameter, the active set quality measurement is not allowed, that
is, the CM cannot be enabled. When the parameter
"DlSFLimitCMInd" is set to TRUE and the current downlink SF is
greater than the value of this parameter, the active set quality
measurement is allowed, that is, the CM can be enabled.
Unit: None
Default Value: D8
MaxCellInAct BSC6900 ADD
iveSet
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
Meaning: Maximum number of cells in an active set. This

parameter is used to achieve the balance between the signal
quality in the SHO area and the system performance. If more cells
are in the active set, a user can obtain a greater macro diversity

13-83
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
MOD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
gain; the intra-frequency interference is smaller. In this case,

however, the user occupies resources of several cells. This
increases the amount of data to be processed and lowers the
system performance. To reduce intra-frequency interference, it is
recommended that the number of cells in the active sets should be
increased in the hot-spot and micro cells, where the signals are
complicated. For the cell that provides high speed services, the
decrease in cells in the active set can reduce the consumption of
system resources.
Unit: None
Default Value: 3
MaxCellInAct BSC6900 SET

Meaning: Maximum number of cells in an active set. This
iveSet
UINTRAFRE parameter is used to achieve the balance between the signal
QHO(Option quality in the SHO area and the system performance. If more cells
al)
are in the active set, a user can obtain a greater macro diversity
gain; the intra-frequency interference is smaller. In this case,
however, the user occupies resources of several cells. This
increases the amount of data to be processed and lowers the
system performance. To reduce intra-frequency interference, it is
recommended that the number of cells in the active sets should be
increased in the hot-spot and micro cells, where the signals are
complicated. For the cell that provides high speed services, the
decrease in cells in the active set can reduce the consumption of
system resources.
Unit: None
Default Value: 3
MaxEdchCell BSC6900 SET
Meaning: This parameter determines the maximum number of
InActiveSet
UHOCOMM( links in the EDCH active set. When the RNC acts as the SRNC, the
Optional)
number of links in the EDCH active set for all the UEs under the
RNC cannot exceed the parameter value. If the parameter value is
too large, a lot of resources on the RAN side will be occupied as
the same data is transferred over multiple EDCH links in macro
diversity, thus affecting the system performance. If this parameter
value is too small, insufficient combination gain can be achieved in
macro diversity by the EDCH, which causes excessive
retransmissions and affects the UE speed.
Unit: None
Default Value: 3
MeasQuantit BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Measurement quantity used in coverage-based
yOf3A
UCELLINTE inter-RAT measurement in event 3A-triggered reporting mode.
RRATHOCO Ec/No: signal-to-noise ratio
V(Optional) RSCP: indicates the received signal code power
MOD
When CPICH_Ec/No is selected, it indicates that the Ec/No
UCELLINTE measurement quantity is used for event 3A measurement. The
13-84

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
RRATHOCO physical unit is dB. When CPICH_RSCP is selected, it indicates

V(Optional) that the RSCP measurement quantity is used for event 3A
measurement. The physical unit is dBm.
When AUTO is selected, it indicates that the Ec/No measurement
quantity is used for event 3A measurement if the RNC receives
Ec/No 2D firstly. If the RNC receives the RSCP 2D firstly, the
RSCP measurement quantity is used for event 3A measurement.
GUI Value Range: CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP, AUTO
Actual Value Range: CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP, AUTO
Unit: None
Default Value: AUTO
MeasQuantit BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Measurement quantity used in coverage-based
yOf3A
UINTERRAT inter-RAT measurement in event 3A-triggered reporting mode.
HOCOV(Opti Ec/No: signal-to-noise ratio
onal)
RSCP: indicates the received signal code power
When CPICH_Ec/No is selected, it indicates that the Ec/No
measurement quantity is used for event 3A measurement. The
physical unit is dB. When CPICH_RSCP is selected, it indicates
that the RSCP measurement quantity is used for event 3A
measurement. The physical unit is dBm.
When AUTO is selected, it indicates that the Ec/No measurement
quantity is used for event 3A measurement if the RNC receives
Ec/No 2D firstly. If the RNC receives the RSCP 2D firstly, the
RSCP measurement quantity is used for event 3A measurement.
GUI Value Range: CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP, AUTO
Actual Value Range: CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP, AUTO
Unit: None
Default Value: AUTO
NBMMachsR BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: The algorithms with the above values represent are as
esetAlgoSelS
UCELLALG follow:
witch
OSWITCH(O ALGORITHM_REQUIRED: Always reset the mac-hs no matter the
ptional)
cells in question are in the same NodeB or not.
ALGORITHM_DEPEND_ON_LCG: Reset the mac-hs only when
MOD
UCELLALG the cells in question are in the different local cell group.
OSWITCH(O
ptional)
GUI Value Range: ALGORITHM_REQUIRED,
ALGORITHM_DEPEND_ON_LCG
Actual Value Range: ALGORITHM_REQUIRED,
ALGORITHM_DEPEND_ON_LCG
Unit: None
Default Value: ALGORITHM_DEPEND_ON_LCG
NFastSpdEst BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Threshold for determining whether the UE is in
UCELLHCS high-mobility state.
HO(Optional) After the UE reports event 1D, the UE is considered in
high-mobility state if the number of changes of the best cell during
MOD
UCELLHCS "TFastSpdEst" is greater than this threshold. The smaller the value
HO(Optional) is, the more possible the UE is determined in high-mobility state.
Unit: None
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-85
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
Default Value: 15
NFastSpdEst BSC6900 SET
UHCSHO(O high-mobility state.
ptional)
After the UE reports event 1D, the UE is considered in
high-mobility state if the number of changes of the best cell during
"TFastSpdEst" is greater than this threshold. The smaller the value
is, the more possible the UE is determined in high-mobility state.
Unit: None
Default Value: 15
Nprio
BSC6900 ADD
U2GNCELL(
Mandatory)
MOD
U2GNCELL(
Mandatory)
Meaning: Priority of neighboring cells.

A smaller value of this parameter indicates a higher priority
assigned to the neighboring cell. The neighboring cell with a higher
priority is more possibly delivered as the measurement object. For
example, the neighboring cell with priority 1 is more possible to be
selected as the measurement object than the neighboring cell with
priority 2.
This parameter is valid when "NPrioFlag" is set to TRUE.
Unit: None
Default Value: None
Nprio
BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: The priority that corresponds to the neighboring cell is
UINTERFRE valid only when the parameter is set to TRUE. The neighboring cell
QNCELL(Ma with a lower priority is more possibly delivered as the
ndatory)
measurement object. For example, the neighboring cell with
MOD
priority 1 is more possible to be selected as the measurement
UINTERFRE object than the neighboring cell with priority 2.
QNCELL(Ma
ndatory)
Unit: None
Default Value: None
Nprio
BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Priority of neighboring cells. The priority assigned to a
UINTRAFRE neighboring cell is valid only when this parameter is set to "TRUE".
QNCELL(Ma The neighboring cell with a lower priority is more possibly delivered
ndatory)
as the measurement object. For example, the neighboring cell with
MOD
priority 1 is more possible to be selected as the measurement
UINTRAFRE object than the neighboring cell with priority 2.
QNCELL(Ma
ndatory)
Unit: None
Default Value: None
NprioFlag
BSC6900 ADD
U2GNCELL(
Optional)
MOD
13-86
Meaning: Priority flag of neighboring cells

The value TRUE indicates that the neighboring cell priority is valid,
and the value FALSE indicates that the neighboring cell priority is
invalid. In the algorithm of neighboring cell combination, the cell

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
U2GNCELL( with an invalid priority is the last one to be considered as the

Optional)
measurement object.
Unit: None
NprioFlag
BSC6900 ADD
UINTERFRE The value TRUE indicates that the neighboring cell priority is valid,
QNCELL(Op and the value FALSE indicates that the neighboring cell priority is
tional)
MOD
with an invalid priority is the last one to be considered as the
UINTERFRE measurement object.
QNCELL(Op
tional)
Unit: None
NprioFlag
BSC6900 ADD
UINTRAFRE The value TRUE indicates that the neighboring cell priority is valid,
QNCELL(Op and the value FALSE indicates that the neighboring cell priority is
tional)
MOD
with an invalid priority is the last one to be considered as the
UINTRAFRE measurement object.
QNCELL(Op
tional)
Unit: None
NSlowSpdEs BSC6900 ADD

t
UCELLHCS low-mobility state.
HO(Optional) After the UE reports event 1D, the UE is considered in low-mobility
state if the number of changes of the best cell is smaller than this
MOD
UCELLHCS threshold within the period of "TSlowSpdEst". The greater the
HO(Optional) value is, the more possible the UE is determined in low-mobility
state.
Unit: None
Default Value: 3
NSlowSpdEs BSC6900 SET
t
UHCSHO(O low-mobility state.
ptional)
After the UE reports event 1D, the UE is considered in low-mobility
state if the number of changes of the best cell is smaller than this
threshold within the period of "TSlowSpdEst". The greater the
value is, the more possible the UE is determined in low-mobility
state.
Unit: None
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-87
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
Default Value: 3
PeriodFor2B BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Sets the interval between the failure in the
UCELLINTE inter-frequency handover triggered by the event 2B and the
RFREQHOC inter-frequency handover retry.
OV(Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTE Actual Value Range: 500~32000, step:500
RFREQHOC Unit: ms
OV(Optional) Default Value: 1
PeriodFor2B BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Sets the interval between the failure in the
UINTERFRE inter-frequency handover triggered by the event 2B and the
QHOCOV(O inter-frequency handover retry.
ptional)
Actual Value Range: 500~32000, step:500
Unit: ms
Default Value: 1
PeriodFor2C BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Interval between the handover re-attempts for event 2C.
UCELLINTE If the inter-frequency handover for event 2C fails, the RNC reties
RFREQHON the inter-frequency handover. This parameter specifies the interval
COV(Option between the handover re-attempts for event 2C. If this parameter
al)
is set to a smaller value, handover re-attempts increase when the
MOD
inter-frequency handover fails. In this case, the UE can be quickly
UCELLINTE handed over to the target cell whose load is reduced. The RNC
RFREQHON load, however, increases.
COV(Option
al)
Unit: ms
Default Value: 4
PeriodFor2C BSC6900 SET
UINTERFRE If the inter-frequency handover for event 2C fails, the RNC reties
QHONCOV( the inter-frequency handover. This parameter specifies the interval
Optional)
between the handover re-attempts for event 2C. If this parameter
is set to a smaller value, handover re-attempts increase when the
inter-frequency handover fails. In this case, the UE can be quickly
handed over to the target cell whose load is reduced. The RNC
load, however, increases.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 4
PeriodFor3A BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Interval between handover attempts for event 3A.
UCELLINTE This parameter specifies the interval between handover attempts
RRATHOCO for event 3A. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, handover
V(Optional) attempts increase when the inter-RAT handover fails. In this case,
MOD
the UE can be quickly handed over to the target cell whose load is
UCELLINTE reduced, thus lowering the probability of call drops. More handover
RRATHOCO re-attempts, however, cause the increase in the RNC load.
V(Optional)
13-88

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Unit: ms
Default Value: 1
PeriodFor3A BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Interval between handover attempts for event 3A.
UINTERRAT This parameter specifies the interval between handover attempts
HOCOV(Opti for event 3A. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, handover
onal)
attempts increase when the inter-RAT handover fails. In this case,
the UE can be quickly handed over to the target cell whose load is
reduced, thus lowering the probability of call drops. More handover
re-attempts, however, cause the increase in the RNC load.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 1
PeriodFor3C BSC6900 ADD
UCELLINTE This parameter specifies the interval between the handover
RRATHONC re-attempts for event 3C. If this parameter is set to a smaller value,
OV(Optional) handover re-attempts increase when the inter-RAT handover fails.
MOD
In this case, the UE can be quickly handed over to the target cell
UCELLINTE whose load is reduced, thus lowering the probability of call drops.
RRATHONC More handover re-attempts, however, cause the increase in the
OV(Optional) RNC load.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 4
PeriodFor3C BSC6900 SET
UINTERRAT This parameter specifies the interval between the handover
HONCOV(O re-attempts for event 3C. If this parameter is set to a smaller value,
ptional)
handover re-attempts increase when the inter-RAT handover fails.
In this case, the UE can be quickly handed over to the target cell
whose load is reduced, thus lowering the probability of call drops.
More handover re-attempts, however, cause the increase in the
RNC load.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 4
Meaning: Maximum number of reporting event 1J after the
PeriodMRRe BSC6900 ADD
portNumfor1
UCELLINTR reporting mode is changed to periodical reporting. When the
J
AFREQHO( number of reporting event 1J exceeds this parameter, the
Optional)
periodical reporting is disabled.
MOD
UCELLINTR GUI Value Range: D1~0 D2~1 D4~2 D8~3 D16~4 D32~5 D64~6
AFREQHO( INFINITY
Optional)
Actual Value Range: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, INFINITY
Unit: None
Default Value: D64
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-89
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
PeriodMRRe BSC6900 SET

Meaning: Maximum number of reporting event 1J after the
portNumfor1
UINTRAFRE reporting mode is changed to periodical reporting. When the
J
QHO(Option number of reporting event 1J exceeds this parameter, the
al)
periodical reporting is disabled.
GUI Value Range: D1~0 D2~1 D4~2 D8~3 D16~4 D32~5 D64~6
INFINITY
Actual Value Range: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, INFINITY
Unit: None
Default Value: D64
PrdReportInt BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Interval between periodic reporting for the
erval
UCELLINTE inter-frequency handover.
RFREQHOC In periodic reporting mode, the inter-frequency handover attempts
OV(Optional) is reported at the preset interval. It is not recommended that this
MOD
parameter be set to "NON_PERIODIC_REPORT" since the UE
UCELLINTE behavior may be unknown. This parameter has impact on the Uu
RFREQHOC signaling flow. If the interval is too short and the frequency is too
OV(Optional) high, the RNC may have high load when processing signaling. If
the interval is too long, the network cannot detect the signal
changes in time. This may delay the inter-frequency handover,
thus causing call drops.
reporting), D250~1 D500~2 D1000~3 D2000~4 D3000~5
D4000~6 D6000~7 D8000~8 D12000~9 D16000~10 D20000~11
D24000~12 D28000~13 D32000~14 D64000
2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000,
28000, 32000, 64000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D500
erval
UCELLMBD inter-frequency handover.
RINTERFRE In periodic reporting mode, the inter-frequency handover attempts
Q(Optional) is reported at the preset interval. It is not recommended that this
MOD
UCELLMBD behavior may be unknown. This parameter has impact on the Uu
RINTERFRE signaling flow. If the interval is too short and the frequency is too
Q(Optional) high, the RNC may have high load when processing signaling. If
reporting), D250~1 D500~2 D1000~3 D2000~4 D3000~5
D4000~6 D6000~7 D8000~8 D12000~9 D16000~10 D20000~11
D24000~12 D28000~13 D32000~14 D64000
2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000,
28000, 32000, 64000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D500
13-90

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Meaning: Interval between sending of periodic measurement
erval
UCELLMCD reports.
RD(Optional) This parameter has impact on the Uu signaling flow. If this
MOD
parameter is set to a small value, the RNC may have high load
UCELLMCD when processing signaling. If this parameter is set to a great value,
RD(Optional) the network cannot detect the signal changes in time. This may
delay the inter-frequency handover.
GUI Value Range: D250, D500, D1000, D2000, D3000, D4000,
D6000, D8000, D12000, D16000, D20000, D24000, D28000,
D32000, D64000
Actual Value Range: 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000,
8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000
Unit: ms
Meaning: The interval between two reports is the configured value.
erval
UCELLMCL This parameter has impact on the Uu signaling flow. If the interval
DR(Optional) is too short and the frequency is too high, the RNC may have
MOD
burden in processing signaling. If the interval is too long, the
UCELLMCL network cannot detect the signal change in time, which may delay
DR(Optional) the inter-frequency handover.
D6000, D8000, D12000, D16000, D20000, D24000, D28000,
D32000, D64000
8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000
Unit: ms
PrdReportInt BSC6900 SET
erval
UINTERFRE inter-frequency handover.
QHOCOV(O In periodic reporting mode, the inter-frequency handover attempts
ptional)
is reported at the preset interval. It is not recommended that this
behavior may be unknown. This parameter has impact on the Uu
signaling flow. If the interval is too short and the frequency is too
high, the RNC may have high load when processing signaling. If
reporting), D250~1 D500~2 D1000~3 D2000~4 D3000~5
D4000~6 D6000~7 D8000~8 D12000~9 D16000~10 D20000~11
D24000~12 D28000~13 D32000~14 D64000
2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000,
28000, 32000, 64000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D500
Meaning: Interval between sending of periodic measurement
erval
UMCDRD(O reports.
This parameter has impact on the Uu signaling flow. If this
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-91
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
ptional)
parameter is set to a small value, the RNC may have high load
when processing signaling. If this parameter is set to a great value,
the network cannot detect the signal changes in time. This may
delay the inter-frequency handover.
D6000, D8000, D12000, D16000, D20000, D24000, D28000,
D32000, D64000
8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000
Unit: ms

Meaning: The interval between two reports is the configured value.
erval
UMCLDR(O This parameter has impact on the Uu signaling flow. If the interval
ptional)
is too short and the frequency is too high, the RNC may have
burden in processing signaling. If the interval is too long, the
network cannot detect the signal change in time, which may delay
the inter-frequency handover.
D6000, D8000, D12000, D16000, D20000, D24000, D28000,
D32000, D64000
8000, 12000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000
Unit: ms
PSHOOut2Gl BSC6900 ADD
oadThd
UCELLINTE handover in PS domain.
RRATHONC This parameter specifies the threshold for the 2G PS load which is
OV(Optional) relocated. When the GSM load policy is used, that is, when
MOD
"NcovHoOn2GldIndA" is set to "ON", the inter-RAT 3G-to-2G
UCELLINTE relocation process in PS domain will be aborted if the cell load
RRATHONC relocated to the 2G cell exceeds this threshold.
OV(Optional)
Unit: per cent
Default Value: 60
PSHOOut2Gl BSC6900 SET
oadThd
UINTERRAT handover in PS domain.
HONCOV(O This parameter specifies the threshold for the 2G PS load which is
ptional)
relocated. When the GSM load policy is used, that is, when
"NcovHoOn2GldIndA" is set to "ON", the inter-RAT 3G-to-2G
relocation process in PS domain will be aborted if the cell load
relocated to the 2G cell exceeds this threshold.
Unit: per cent
Default Value: 60
PSServiceH BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Whether the cell allows inter-RAT handover for PS
OSwitch
UCELLHOC services.
13-92

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
OMM(Option When the switch is set to ON, the inter-RAT handover for PS
al)
services is enabled. When the switch is set to OFF, the inter-RAT
MOD
handover for PS services is disabled.
UCELLHOC Based on the Service Handover Indicator of a service and the
OMM(Option related parameter configurations on the network side, related
al)
measurements and inter-RAT handover are triggered immediately
once a service is set up. This switch is set to ON only when service
handover is required. Generally, the switch is set to OFF.
Note that the service handover is triggered only when the Service
Handover Indicator is set to
HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM and the inter-RAT
handover switch for the corresponding service is set to ON. Both
conditions are mandatory. For hybrid services, the service
handover is not triggered.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF
RATCELLTY BSC6900 ADD
PE
UEXT2GCE
LL(Mandator
y)
MOD
UEXT2GCE
LL(Optional)
Meaning: Identifying the type of the inter-RAT cell

NO_CAPABILITY indicates that the capacity of the GSM cell
remains unknown. It is not recommended to set the cell type to
NO_CAPABILITY. If the cell type is NO_CAPABILITY, the
inter-RAT handover cannot be triggered.
GUI Value Range: NO_CAPABILITY(Cell capability unknown),
GSM~1 GPRS~2 EDGE
Actual Value Range: NO_CAPABILITY, GSM, GPRS, EDGE
Unit: None
Default Value: None
RelThdForD BSC6900 SET

Meaning: Relative threshold for immediate rate reduction after soft
wnGrd
UINTRAFRE handover failure. The rate reduction of the active set and SHO
QHO(Option retry procedure can be triggered without intra-frequency
al)
Measurement reports if the quality of the cell in the set fulfills the
following criterion: Mnew > Mbest_cell RelThdForDwnGrd
Here,
Mnew: the CPICH Ec/No measurement value of the failed cell1
CPICH Ec/No measurement value in the latest measurement
report of the best cell identified by the RNC according to 1D
RelThdForDwnGrd: the relative threshold for direct rate reduction.
It can be configured on the OMU server.
Note: If this parameter is set to smaller value, the probability of
triggering SHO rate reduction becomes low; however, the
intra-frequency interference caused by the cell that is not added to
the active set becomes great. This may cause call drops. On the
contrary, if this parameter is set to a larger value, the probability of
triggering SHO rate reduction becomes high, and the signal quality
is guaranteed; however, frequent triggering of SHO rate reduction
may affect the user experience.
Actual Value Range: -14.5~14.5, step:0.5
Unit: dB
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-93
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
Default Value: 2
ReportInterv BSC6900 ADD
alfor1A
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
Meaning: Interval at which event 1A is reported after the reporting

mode is changed to periodical reporting. Generally, event 1A is
reported only once. To avoid the loss of measurement reports, the
UE sets the mode of reporting event 1A to periodical if the cell
reporting event 1A is not added to the active set in a specified
period of time. Event 1A is reported for
"PeriodMRReportNumfor1A" times at the interval specified by this
parameter. If the mode of reporting event 1A is set to
"NON_PERIODIC_REPORT", the UE cannot change the event 1A
reporting mode to periodical.
GUI Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, D250~1 D500~2
D1000~3 D2000~4 D4000~5 D8000~6 D16000
2000, 4000, 8000, 16000
Unit: ms
ReportInterv BSC6900 SET

alfor1A
UINTRAFRE mode is changed to periodical reporting. Generally, event 1A is
QHO(Option reported only once. To avoid the loss of measurement reports, the
al)
UE sets the mode of reporting event 1A to periodical if the cell
reporting event 1A is not added to the active set in a specified
period of time. Event 1A is reported for
"PeriodMRReportNumfor1A" times at the interval specified by this
parameter. If the mode of reporting event 1A is set to
"NON_PERIODIC_REPORT", the UE cannot change the event 1A
D1000~3 D2000~4 D4000~5 D8000~6 D16000
2000, 4000, 8000, 16000
Unit: ms
alfor1C
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)

mode is changed to periodical reporting. Generally, event 1C is
UE set the mode of reporting event 1C to periodical if the cell
reporting event 1C is not added to the active set in a specified
period of time. Event 1C is reported for
"PeriodMRReportNumfor1C" times at the interval specified by this
parameter. If the mode of reporting event 1C is set to
"NON_PERIODIC_REPORT", the UE cannot change the event 1C
D1000~3 D2000~4 D4000~5 D8000~6 D16000
2000, 4000, 8000, 16000
Unit: ms
13-94

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

alfor1C
UINTRAFRE mode is changed to periodical reporting. Generally, event 1C is
al)
UE set the mode of reporting event 1C to periodical if the cell
reporting event 1C is not added to the active set in a specified
period of time. Event 1C is reported for
"PeriodMRReportNumfor1C" times at the interval specified by this
parameter. If the mode of reporting event 1C is set to
"NON_PERIODIC_REPORT", the UE cannot change the event 1C
D1000~3 D2000~4 D4000~5 D8000~6 D16000
2000, 4000, 8000, 16000
Unit: ms
alfor1J
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
Meaning: Interval at which event 1J is reported after the reporting

mode is changed to periodical reporting. Generally, event 1J is
UE set the mode of reporting event 1J to periodical if the cell
reporting event 1J is not added to the DCH active set in a specified
period of time. Event 1J is reported for
"PeriodMRReportNumfor1J" times at the interval specified by this
parameter. If the mode of reporting event 1J is set to
"NON_PERIODIC_REPORT", the UE cannot change the event 1J
D1000~3 D2000~4 D4000~5 D8000~6 D16000
2000, 4000, 8000, 16000
Unit: ms

Meaning: Interval at which event 1J is reported after the reporting
alfor1J
UINTRAFRE mode is changed to periodical reporting. Generally, event 1J is
al)
UE set the mode of reporting event 1J to periodical if the cell
reporting event 1J is not added to the DCH active set in a specified
period of time. Event 1J is reported for
"PeriodMRReportNumfor1J" times at the interval specified by this
parameter. If the mode of reporting event 1J is set to
"NON_PERIODIC_REPORT", the UE cannot change the event 1J
D1000~3 D2000~4 D4000~5 D8000~6 D16000
2000, 4000, 8000, 16000
Unit: ms
Req2GCap
BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Minimum capability of the 2G cell required for inter-RAT
UTYPRABB handover from 3G network to 2G network. If the 2G cell is not
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-95
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
ASIC(Manda capable, the handover will not be performed. An EDGE cell is more
tory)
capable of supporting PS services than a GPRS cell, whereas a
MOD
GPRS cell more capable than a GSM cell.
UTYPRABB
ASIC(Option GUI Value Range: GSM, GPRS, EDGE
al)
Actual Value Range: GSM, GPRS, EDGE
Unit: None
Default Value: None
RetryCapabili BSC6900 SET
Meaning: HSPA technologies retried by UEs. When selected, the
ty
UFRC(Optio technology will be retried by the UE when not applied.
nal)
GUI Value Range: SRB_OVER_HSDPA, SRB_OVER_HSUPA,
TTI_2MS, MIMO, 64QAM, DL_L2_ENHANCE, DTX_DRX,
HSSCCH_LESS_OPERATION, MIMO_64QAM, DC_HSDPA,
UL_L2_ENHANCE, UL_16QAM
Actual Value Range: SRB_OVER_HSDPA, SRB_OVER_HSUPA,
TTI_2MS, MIMO, 64QAM, L2_ENHANCE, DTX_DRX,
HSSCCH_LESS_OPERATION, MIMO_64QAM, DC_HSDPA,
UL_L2_ENHANCE, UL_16QAM
Unit: None
Default Value: None
SHIND
BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Service handover attribute. If the
UTYPRABB HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH is set to ON, the
ASIC(Manda service handover setting of this parameter is applied. Otherwise,
tory)
the service handover setting assigned by the CN is applied.
MOD
- HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM: Handover to the 2G
UTYPRABB network is performed so long as 2G signals are available.
ASIC(Option - HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_NOT_BE_PERFORM: Handover to the
al)
2G network is performed when 3G signals are weak but 2G signals
are strong.
- HO_TO_GSM_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM: Handover to the
2G network is not performed even if 3G signals are weak but 2G
signals are strong.
GUI Value Range: HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM,
HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_NOT_BE_PERFORM,
HO_TO_GSM_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM
Actual Value Range: HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM,
HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_NOT_BE_PERFORM,
HO_TO_GSM_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM
Unit: None
Default Value: None
ShoFailNum BSC6900 SET

Meaning: Maximum number of SHO failures. This parameter
ForDwnGrd
UINTRAFRE specifies the maximum number of event reporting from the cell that
QHO(Option fails to be added to the active set for soft handover. If the value
al)
reaches this parameter, rate reduction of the active set will be
triggered, and the cell will attempt to join the active set again. If this
parameter is set to smaller value, the probability for rate reduction
of active set becomes high; In this case, the cell that fails to be
added to the active set due to load may, with higher probability,
join the active set for soft handover; however, rate reduction may
affects user experience. Note that this parameter needs to be
considered in combination with the settings of rate reduction
13-96

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
evaluation period, and the reporting intervals of event 1A and 1C.

Otherwise, the reports cannot reach the required numbers to
trigger rate reduction during the rate reduction evaluation period.
Unit: None
Default Value: 3
ShoFailPerio BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Maximum evaluation period of SHO failure. When the
d
UINTRAFRE rate reduction evaluation is performed on a cell that fails to join the
QHO(Option active set, the evaluation timer is started. If the cell cannot fulfill the
al)
criterion for rate reduction before the timer expires, the cell will not
be evaluated, and rate reduction re-attempt will not be initiated. If
this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability for the
target cell to join the active set becomes high; however, since the
RNC can handle only three evaluation processes simultaneously,
the failed cell may not be handled in time.
Unit: s
Default Value: 60
SndLdInfo2G BSC6900 SET
Meaning: If this parameter is set to "ON", the RNC informs the
smInd
UINTERRAT GSM network of the load carried by the UMTS cell before the
HONCOV(O non-coverage-based inter-RAT handover. If this parameter is set
ptional)
to "OFF", the RNC does not inform the GSM network of the load
carried by the UMTS cell. This parameter is designed for the
UMTS load-based access control strategy when the 3G-to-2G
handover is required. When the UE is handed over from the UMTS
network to the GSM network, the RNC obtains the load information
of the best cell and sends it to the GSM network. This parameter is
valid only for CS service. The RNC does not send UMTS cell load
information to the GSM in PS domain.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF
SuppPSHOFl BSC6900 ADD
ag
UEXT2GCE
LL(Optional)
MOD
UEXT2GCE
LL(Optional)
Meaning: Identifying whether the inter-RAT cell supports PS HO.

TRUE indicates that the inter-RAT cell is able to perform the
handover procedure with relocation. FALSE indicates that the cell
is unable to do so.
SuppRIMFla BSC6900 ADD

g
UEXT2GCE
LL(Optional)
MOD
UEXT2GCE
Meaning: Identifying whether the inter-RAT cell supports RIM.

(RIM is used to obtain the SI/PSI information of the inter-RAT cell.)
For the details of RIM process, refer to the 3GPP TS 25.901
protocol.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

Unit: None

13-97
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
LL(Optional) GUI Value Range: FALSE, TRUE

Unit: None
TargetFreqC BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Threshold of the target frequency for triggering
sThdEcN0
UCELLINTE inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of
RFREQHOC Ec/No for CS services. For CS services, if the inter-frequency
OV(Optional) reporting mode is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is
MOD
used to set the criterion for triggering event 2B. That is, event 2B
UCELLINTE can be triggered when the quality of the target frequency is higher
RFREQHOC than this threshold. If the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to
OV(Optional) "PERIODIC_TRIGGER", this parameter is used for handover
decision.
After handover, to prevent ping-pong handover, the inter-frequency
measurement should not be started again. That is, this parameter
is usually set greater than the start threshold for event 2D or equal
to the threshold of event 2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
TargetFreqC BSC6900 SET
sThdEcN0
UINTERFRE inter-frequency measurement based on measurement quantity of
QHOCOV(O Ec/No for CS services. For CS services, if the inter-frequency
ptional)
reporting mode is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is
can be triggered when the quality of the target frequency is higher
than this threshold. If the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to
"PERIODIC_TRIGGER", this parameter is used for handover
decision.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
TargetFreqC BSC6900 ADD
sThdRscp
RFREQHOC RSCP for CS services. For CS services, For CS services, if the
OV(Optional) inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this
MOD
parameter is used to set the criterion for triggering event 2B. That
UCELLINTE is, event 2B can be triggered when the quality of the target
RFREQHOC frequency is higher than this threshold. If the inter-frequency
OV(Optional) reporting mode is set to "PERIODIC_TRIGGER", this parameter is
used for handover decision. After handover, to prevent ping-pong
handover, the inter-frequency measurement should not be started
again. That is, this parameter is usually set greater than the start
threshold for event 2D or equal to the threshold of event 2F.
13-98

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
TargetFreqC BSC6900 SET
sThdRscp
QHOCOV(O RSCP for CS services. For CS services, For CS services, if the
ptional)
inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this
parameter is used to set the criterion for triggering event 2B. That
is, event 2B can be triggered when the quality of the target
frequency is higher than this threshold. If the inter-frequency
reporting mode is set to "PERIODIC_TRIGGER", this parameter is
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
TargetFreqH BSC6900 ADD
ThdEcN0
RFREQHOC Ec/No for HSPA services. For HSPA services, For CS services, if
OV(Optional) the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER",
MOD
this parameter is used to set the criterion for triggering event 2B.
UCELLINTE That is, event 2B can be triggered when the quality of the target
used for handover decision.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
TargetFreqH BSC6900 SET
ThdEcN0
QHOCOV(O Ec/No for HSPA services. For HSPA services, For CS services, if
ptional)
the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER",
That is, event 2B can be triggered when the quality of the target
used for handover decision.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-99
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
TargetFreqH BSC6900 ADD
ThdRscp
RFREQHOC RSCP for HSPA services. For HSPA services, For CS services, if
OV(Optional) the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER",
MOD
UCELLINTE That is, event 2B can be triggered when the quality of the target
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
TargetFreqH BSC6900 SET
ThdRscp
QHOCOV(O RSCP for HSPA services. For HSPA services, For CS services, if
ptional)
the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER",
That is, event 2B can be triggered when the quality of the target
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
TargetFreqR BSC6900 ADD
99PsThdEcN
0
RFREQHOC Ec/No for non-HSPA services in PS domain. For non-HSPA
OV(Optional) services in PS domain, For CS services, if the inter-frequency
MOD
UCELLINTE used to set the criterion for triggering event 2B. That is, event 2B
RFREQHOC can be triggered when the quality of the target frequency is higher
OV(Optional) than this threshold. If the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to
decision. After handover, to prevent ping-pong handover, the
inter-frequency measurement should not be started again. That is,
this parameter is usually set greater than the start threshold for
event 2D or equal to the threshold of event 2F.
13-100

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
TargetFreqR BSC6900 SET
99PsThdEcN
0
QHOCOV(O Ec/No for non-HSPA services in PS domain. For non-HSPA
ptional)
services in PS domain, For CS services, if the inter-frequency
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
TargetFreqR BSC6900 ADD
99PsThdRsc
p
RFREQHOC RSCP for non-HSPA services in PS domain. For non-HSPA
OV(Optional) services in PS domain, For CS services, if the inter-frequency
MOD
UCELLINTE used to set the criterion for triggering event 2B. That is, event 2B
RFREQHOC can be triggered when the quality of the target frequency is higher
OV(Optional) than this threshold. If the inter-frequency reporting mode is set to
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
TargetFreqR BSC6900 SET
99PsThdRsc
p
QHOCOV(O RSCP for non-HSPA services in PS domain. For non-HSPA
ptional)
services in PS domain, For CS services, if the inter-frequency
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-101
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
TargetFreqT BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Ec/No Threshold for the target cell. This parameter is
hdEcN0
UCELLMCD used to estimate the signal quality of the periodic reports. The DRD
RD(Optional) is triggered only when the signal quality of the target cell is higher
MOD
than this parameter. If this parameter is set to a greater value, it is
UCELLMCD difficult for subscribers to re-access another cell with a higher
RD(Optional) priority; however, the re-attempt success rate is high. If this
parameter is set to a lower value, it is easy for subscribers to
re-access another cell with a higher priority; however, the
re-attempt success rate however is low. Note: The threshold can
be reached only when RSCP and Ec/No of the target cell are
above the RSCP and EcNo that are set in the command.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
Meaning: Estimate the signal quality of the periodic reports. The
hdEcN0
UCELLMCL inter-frequency handover is triggered only when the signal quality
DR(Optional) of the target cell is higher than this parameter. Note: The threshold
MOD
can be reached only when RSCP and EcNo of the target cell are
UCELLMCL above the RSCP and EcNo that are set in the command.
DR(Optional)
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
TargetFreqT BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Ec/No Threshold for the target cell. This parameter is
hdEcN0
UMCDRD(O used to estimate the signal quality of the periodic reports. The DRD
ptional)
is triggered only when the signal quality of the target cell is higher
difficult for subscribers to re-access another cell with a higher
priority; however, the re-attempt success rate is high. If this
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
hdEcN0
UMCLDR(O inter-frequency handover is triggered only when the signal quality
ptional)
of the target cell is higher than this parameter. Note: The threshold
13-102

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
Meaning: RSCP Threshold for the target cell. This parameter is
hdRscp
UCELLMCD used to estimate the signal quality of the periodic reports. The DRD
RD(Optional) is triggered only when the signal quality of the target cell is higher
MOD
UCELLMCD difficult for subscribers to re-access another cell with a higher
RD(Optional) priority; however, the re-attempt success rate is high. If this
above the RSCP and Ec/No that are set in the command.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
hdRscp
UCELLMCL inter-frequency handover is triggered only when the signal quality
DR(Optional) of the target cell is higher than this parameter. Note: The threshold
MOD
UCELLMCL above the RSCP and EcNo that are set in the command.
DR(Optional)
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
Meaning: RSCP Threshold for the target cell. This parameter is
hdRscp
UMCDRD(O used to estimate the signal quality of the periodic reports. The DRD
ptional)
is triggered only when the signal quality of the target cell is higher
difficult for subscribers to re-access another cell with a higher
priority; however, the re-attempt success rate is high. If this
above the RSCP and Ec/No that are set in the command.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
hdRscp
UMCLDR(O inter-frequency handover is triggered only when the signal quality
ptional)
of the target cell is higher than this parameter. Note: The threshold
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-103
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
TargetRatCs BSC6900 ADD
Thd
UCELLINTE inter-RAT handover for CS domain services.
RRATHOCO For CS services, if the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set
V(Optional) to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the criterion
MOD
for triggering event 3A. That is, event 3A is triggered only when the
UCELLINTE quality of the target frequency is higher than this threshold and the
RRATHOCO measurement quality of the current CS services is lower than the
V(Optional) quality of the currently used frequency. If the value of "Inter-RAT
Reporting Mode" is set to "PERIODICAL_REPORTING", this
parameter is used to evaluate inter-RAT coverage handovers at
the RNC. Note that 0 means a value smaller than -110 dBm.
If the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to
measurement report fulfils the following criterion:
measurement report.
Here,
inter-RAT.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 16
TargetRatCs BSC6900 SET
UINTERRAT inter-RAT handover for CS domain services.
13-104

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
Thd
13 Parameters
HOCOV(Opti For CS services, if the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set

onal)
to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the criterion
quality of the target frequency is higher than this threshold and the
measurement quality of the current CS services is lower than the
quality of the currently used frequency. If the value of "Inter-RAT
measurement report.
Here,
inter-RAT.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 16
TargetRatHT BSC6900 ADD

hd
UCELLINTE inter-RAT handover for HSPA services.
RRATHOCO For PS services, if the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set
V(Optional) to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the criterion
MOD
UCELLINTE quality of the target frequency is higher than this threshold and the
RRATHOCO measurement quality of the current PS services is lower than the
V(Optional) quality of the currently used frequency. If the value of "Inter-RAT
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-105
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

measurement report.
Here,
inter-RAT.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 16
TargetRatHT BSC6900 SET
hd
UINTERRAT inter-RAT handover for HSPA services.
HOCOV(Opti For PS services, if the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set
onal)
to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set the criterion
quality of the target frequency is higher than this threshold and the
measurement quality of the current PS services is lower than the
quality of the currently used frequency. If the value of "Inter-RAT
13-106

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

measurement report.
Here,
inter-RAT.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 16
TargetRatR9 BSC6900 ADD
9PsThd
UCELLINTE inter-RAT handover for PS domain non-HSPA services.
RRATHOCO For PS domain non-HSPA services, if the value of "Inter-RAT
V(Optional) Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is
MOD
used to set the criterion for triggering event 3A. That is, event 3A is
UCELLINTE triggered only when the quality of the target frequency is higher
RRATHOCO than this threshold and the measurement quality of the current PS
V(Optional) services is lower than the quality of the currently used frequency. If
the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to
"PERIODICAL_REPORTING", this parameter is used to evaluate
inter-RAT coverage handovers at the RNC. Note that 0 means a
value smaller than -110 dBm.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-107
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

measurement report.
Here,
inter-RAT.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 16
TargetRatR9 BSC6900 SET
9PsThd
UINTERRAT inter-RAT handover for PS domain non-HSPA services.
HOCOV(Opti For PS domain non-HSPA services, if the value of "Inter-RAT
onal)
Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is
used to set the criterion for triggering event 3A. That is, event 3A is
triggered only when the quality of the target frequency is higher
than this threshold and the measurement quality of the current PS
services is lower than the quality of the currently used frequency. If
the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to
"PERIODICAL_REPORTING", this parameter is used to evaluate
inter-RAT coverage handovers at the RNC. Note that 0 means a
value smaller than -110 dBm.
13-108

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
measurement report.
Here,
inter-RAT.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 16
TCycleSlow BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Period for determine whether the UE is in low-mobility
UCELLHCS state.
HO(Optional) The RNC periodically determines whether the UE is in low-mobility
MOD
state. The smaller the value is, the more frequently the state
UCELLHCS estimation is triggered. If the parameter is set to 0, the RNC does
HO(Optional) not determine whether the UE is in low-mobility state.
Unit: s
Default Value: 60
TCycleSlow BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Period for determine whether the UE is in low-mobility
UHCSHO(O state.
ptional)
The RNC periodically determines whether the UE is in low-mobility
state. The smaller the value is, the more frequently the state
estimation is triggered. If the parameter is set to 0, the RNC does
not determine whether the UE is in low-mobility state.
Unit: s
Default Value: 60
TFastSpdEst BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Time window for estimating whether the UE is in
UCELLHCS high-mobility state.
HO(Optional) The start point of the estimation is the moment of the last reporting
of event 1D, and the backdated time length is determined by this
MOD
UCELLHCS parameter. If the parameter is set to 0, the RNC does not decide
HO(Optional) whether the UE is in high-mobility state.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-109
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Unit: s
Default Value: 180
TFastSpdEst BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Time window for estimating whether the UE is in
UHCSHO(O high-mobility state.
ptional)
The start point of the estimation is the moment of the last reporting
of event 1D, and the backdated time length is determined by this
parameter. If the parameter is set to 0, the RNC does not decide
whether the UE is in high-mobility state.
Unit: s
Default Value: 180
TimeToTrig2 BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Interval time between the detection of event 2B and
B
UCELLINTE sending of measurement report. This parameter correlates with
RFREQHOC slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the
OV(Optional) probability of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the
MOD
handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change.
UCELLINTE The emulation results show that setting this interval can effectively
RFREQHOC reduce the average number of handovers and the number of
OV(Optional) incorrect handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. In
addition, the UE at different rates may react differently to the same
interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more
sensitive to this interval, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call
drop rate is less sensitive to this interval. Therefore, for the cell
with most of the fast-moving UEs, this parameter can be set to a
smaller value, whereas for the cell with most of the slow-moving
UEs, this parameter can be set to a greater value. The value of this
parameter can be adjusted according to the actual network
statistics.
GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80, D100, D120,
D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000
Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 240,
320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D0
TimeToTrig2 BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Interval time between the detection of event 2B and
B
UINTERFRE sending of measurement report. This parameter correlates with
QHOCOV(O slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the
ptional)
probability of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the
handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change.
The emulation results show that setting this interval can effectively
reduce the average number of handovers and the number of
incorrect handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. In
13-110

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
statistics.
D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000
320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D0
Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 2D and sending
D
UCELLINTE of the measurement report. This parameter correlates with slow
RFREQHOC fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of
OV(Optional) incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm
MOD
becomes slow in responding to signal change.
statistics.
D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000
320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D320
D
UINTERFRE of the measurement report. This parameter correlates with slow
QHOCOV(O fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of
ptional)
incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm
statistics.
D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-111
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D320
Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 2F and sending
F
UCELLINTE of the measurement report. This parameter correlates with slow
RFREQHOC fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of
OV(Optional) incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm
MOD
statistics.
D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000
320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
F
UINTERFRE of the measurement report. This parameter correlates with slow
QHOCOV(O fading. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of
ptional)
incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm
statistics.
D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000
320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
TimeToTrigF BSC6900 ADD
13-112
Meaning: Time delay for triggering handovers to GSM cells with

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
orNonVerify
13 Parameters
UCELLINTE non-verified BSIC.

RRATHOCO During the period of time specified by this parameter, if the signal
V(Optional) quality in a neighboring GSM cell fulfills inter-RAT handover criteria
MOD
and the neighboring GSM cell is not verified, an inter-RAT
UCELLINTE handover is triggered. When this parameter value is 65535, the
RRATHOCO RNC does not perform inter-RAT handovers to non-verified GSM
V(Optional) cells. If this parameter is set to a larger value, the average number
of handovers decreases, but call drops may occur.
GUI Value Range: 0~64000,65535
Actual Value Range: 0~64000, 65535
Unit: ms
Default Value: 0

orNonVerify
UCELLMBD non-verified BSIC.
RINTERRAT During the period of time specified by this parameter, if the signal
(Optional)
quality in a neighboring GSM cell fulfills inter-RAT handover criteria
MOD
UCELLMBD handover is triggered. When this parameter value is 65535, the
RINTERRAT RNC does not perform inter-RAT handovers to non-verified GSM
(Optional)
cells. If this parameter is set to a larger value, the average number
Unit: ms
Default Value: 0
TimeToTrigF BSC6900 SET
orNonVerify
UINTERRAT non-verified BSIC.
HOCOV(Opti During the period of time specified by this parameter, if the signal
onal)
handover is triggered. When this parameter value is 65535, the
RNC does not perform inter-RAT handovers to non-verified GSM
cells. If this parameter is set to a larger value, the average number
Unit: ms
Default Value: 0
Meaning: Interval between reception of periodical reports and
orPrdInterFre
UCELLINTE triggering of the inter-frequency handover.
q
RFREQHOC Only the inter-frequency cell in which the signal quality is above a
OV(Optional) certain threshold in all periodic reports during a time equal to this
MOD
parameter can be selected as the target cell for the inter-frequency
UCELLINTE handover. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability
RFREQHOC of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover
OV(Optional) algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change. The
emulation results show that setting this interval can effectively
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-113
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
statistics.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 0
orPrdInterFre
UCELLMBD triggering of the inter-frequency handover.
q
RINTERFRE Only the inter-frequency cell in which the signal quality is above a
Q(Optional) certain threshold in all periodic reports during a time equal to this
MOD
UCELLMBD handover. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability
RINTERFRE of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover
Q(Optional) algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change. The
statistics.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 0
orPrdInterFre
UINTERFRE triggering of the inter-frequency handover.
q
QHOCOV(O Only the inter-frequency cell in which the signal quality is above a
ptional)
certain threshold in all periodic reports during a time equal to this
handover. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the probability
of incorrect decision becomes low; however, the handover
algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal change. The
13-114

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
statistics.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 0
orVerify
UCELLINTE verified BSIC.
RRATHOCO During the period of time specified by this parameter, if the signal
V(Optional) quality in a neighboring GSM cell fulfills inter-RAT handover criteria
MOD
and the neighboring GSM cell is verified, an inter-RAT handover is
UCELLINTE triggered.
RRATHOCO The criterion for triggering inter-RAT handover is as follows:
V(Optional) Mother_RAT + CIO Tother_RAT + H/2
If the quality of the neighboring GSM cell meets the preceding
criterion, the RAN starts the trigger timer. After the timer expires,
the RAN makes inter-RAT handover decision. The length of the
trigger timer is called the time to trigger verified GSM cell.
This parameter and the hysteresis are used together to prevent
incorrect decisions caused by signal jitters during inter-RAT
handover decisions.
Considering that the UE is on the edge of the system, this
parameter should be set to a comparatively low value. In situations
where a GSM cell is verified, the performance of the GSM cell is
generally regarded as good. In this case, the parameter can be set
to 0, which indicates that the handover is performed immediately.
If this parameter is set to a larger value, the average number of
handovers decreases, but call drops may occur.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 0
orVerify
UCELLMBD verified BSIC.
RINTERRAT During the period of time specified by this parameter, if the signal
(Optional)
MOD
UCELLMBD triggered.
RINTERRAT The criterion for triggering inter-RAT handover is as follows:
(Optional)
Mother_RAT + CIO Tother_RAT + H/2
handover decisions.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-115
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Unit: ms
Default Value: 0
orVerify
UINTERRAT verified BSIC.
HOCOV(Opti During the period of time specified by this parameter, if the signal
onal)
triggered.
The criterion for triggering inter-RAT handover is as follows:
Mother_RAT + CIO Tother_RAT + H/2
handover decisions.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 0
TRelateLengt BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Time window for determining whether ping-pong
h
UCELLHCS handover occurs in the best cell during the UE speed estimation.
HO(Optional) In the speed estimation algorithm, an algorithm is adopted to avoid
MOD
inaccurate estimation caused by frequent handovers of best cells.
UCELLHCS That is, during the latest "TRELATELENGTH", if more than one
HO(Optional) event 1D of a certain cell occurs, the event 1D record is restored to
the state when the 1st event 1D occurs during the latest
"TRELATELENGTH". The given time length is set by this
parameter. If this parameter is set too great, the RNC may
mistakenly determine that ping-pong handover to the best cell
occurs. If this parameter is set too small, ping-pong handover
cannot be prevented. Thus, it is recommended that this parameter
be set according to the cell radius.
Unit: s
13-116

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
Default Value: 10
TRelateLengt BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Time window for determining whether ping-pong
h
UHCSHO(O handover occurs in the best cell during the UE speed estimation.
ptional)
In the speed estimation algorithm, an algorithm is adopted to avoid
inaccurate estimation caused by frequent handovers of best cells.
That is, during the latest "TRELATELENGTH", if more than one
event 1D of a certain cell occurs, the event 1D record is restored to
the state when the 1st event 1D occurs during the latest
"TRELATELENGTH". The given time length is set by this
parameter. If this parameter is set too great, the RNC may
mistakenly determine that ping-pong handover to the best cell
occurs. If this parameter is set too small, ping-pong handover
cannot be prevented. Thus, it is recommended that this parameter
be set according to the cell radius.
Unit: s
Default Value: 10
TrigTime1A BSC6900 ADD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 1A and sending

of the measurement report. The value of this parameter is
associated with slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater
value, the probability of incorrect decision becomes low; however,
the handover algorithm becomes slow in responding to signal
change. The time-to-trigger mechanism is introduced for the
following purposes: Reducing the number of wrong event reports
caused by burst signals Preventing the ping-pong handover
Reducing the impact of shadow fading on event decisions
Setting an appropriate triggering delay effectively reduces the
average number of handovers and the number of wrong
handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. Impact on network
performance:
If this parameter is set to a greater value, the average number of
According to TS 25.133 V3.6.0, intra-frequency measurement
physical layer updates the measurement result once every 200 ms.
Therefore, the time-to-trigger mechanism is invalid if the interval is
shorter than 200 ms. The time-to-trigger interval should be close to
a multiple of 200 sin addition, the UE at different rates may react
differently to the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call
drop rate is more sensitive to the interval, whereas, for the
slow-moving UE, the call drop rate is less sensitive to the interval.
This can also reduce ping-pong handovers and incorrect
handovers. Therefore, for the cell where most UEs are in fast
movement, this parameter can be set to a smaller value, whereas
for the cell where most UEs are in slow movement, this parameter
can be set to a greater value. In addition, different events require
different values of the time-to-trigger parameter: the event of
adding cells to the active set (event 1A) requires a smaller value of
the time-to-trigger parameter; the events of replacing cells in the
active set (events 1C and 1D) require fewer ping-pong and
incorrect handovers and have no great impact on the call drop rate,
and therefore the time-to-trigger parameter can be set to a great
value; the events of deleting cells in the active set (events 1B and

13-117
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
1F) require fewer ping-pong handovers, and thus the

time-to-trigger parameter can be adjusted, based on the actual
network statistics. You are advised to set the time-to-trigger
parameter for different events in a macro cell to a value from the
following ranges: Table 1. Typical triggering delay for events 1B or
1F on various channels At the speed of 5 (km/h): the range is
640~1280 (ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter
to 1280 (ms). At the speed of 50 (km/h): the range is 240~640
(ms), you are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640
(ms). At the speed of 120 (km/h): the range is 240~640 (ms), you
are advise to set the time-to-trigger parameter to 640 (ms). Typical
configuration of the time-to-trigger parameter for events 1B or 1F:
the range is 640~1280 (ms), you are advised to set the parameter
to 640 (ms).In a micro cell, the time-to-trigger parameter for
different events should be shortened as required. If the handover
cannot be triggered in time, the time-to-trigger parameter for event
1A needs to be changed to 200 ms or 100 ms, and the delay for
event 1B needs to be changed to 1280 ms or 2560 ms. If the
interval for event 1A is shortened, handovers can be triggered
timely, thus reducing the call drop rate. If the interval for event 1B
is prolonged, the average number of handovers and number of
ping-pong handovers decrease, thus reducing the call drop rate.
These adjustments, however, may cause the growth of the SHO
ratio and the over use of the forward resources.
D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000
320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D320
TrigTime1A BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 1A and sending
UINTRAFRE of the measurement report. The value of this parameter is
QHO(Option associated with slow fading. If this parameter is set to a greater
al)
Setting an appropriate triggering delay effectively reduces the
average number of handovers and the number of wrong
handovers, preventing unnecessary handovers. Impact on network
performance:
a multiple of 200 sin addition, the UE at different rates may react
differently to the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the call
drop rate is more sensitive to the interval, whereas, for the
13-118

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

following ranges: Table 1. Typical triggering delay for events 1B or
1F on various channels At the speed of 5 (km/h): the range is
D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000
320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D320
TrigTime1A BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Delay to trigger the event 1A. The value of this
USMLC(Man parameter is related to slow fading.
datory)
D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000
320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D160
TrigTime1B BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 1B and sending
UCELLINTR of the measurement report. The value of this parameter is
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-119
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
AFREQHO(
Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
13-120

Setting an appropriate interval time effectively reduces the average
number of handovers and the number of wrong handovers,
preventing unnecessary handovers. Impact on network
performance:
a multiple of 200 ms. In addition, the UE at different rates may
react differently to the same interval. For the fast-moving UE, the
call drop rate is more sensitive to the interval, whereas, for the
following ranges:\Table 1. Typical time-to-trigger interval for events
1B or 1F on various channels At the speed of 5 (km/h): the range is

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000
320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D640
TrigTime1B BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 1B and sending
al)
performance:
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-121
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000
320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D640
TrigTime1B BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Delay to trigger the event 1B. The value of this
USMLC(Man parameter is related to slow fading.
datory)
D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000
320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
TrigTime1C BSC6900 ADD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
13-122
Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 1C and sending

performance:

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000
320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D640
TrigTime1C BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 1C and sending
al)
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-123
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
performance:
D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000
320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D640
13-124

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
TrigTime1D BSC6900 ADD

UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

performance:

13-125
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000
320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D640
TrigTime1D BSC6900 SET
al)
performance:
13-126

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000
320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D640
TrigTime1F
BSC6900 ADD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

performance:

13-127
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000
320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D640
TrigTime1F
13-128
BSC6900 SET
al)
performance:

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000
320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D640
TrigTime1J
BSC6900 ADD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 1J and sending


13-129
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
Optional)

performance:
D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000
13-130

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D640
TrigTime1J
BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Interval time between detection of event 1J and sending
al)
performance:
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-131
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000
320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
Default Value: D640
TrigTime2F
BSC6900 ADD
UCELLINTE of the measurement report.
RRATHOCO The value of this parameter is associated with slow fading. If this
V(Optional) parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of incorrect
MOD
decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes
UCELLINTE slow in responding to signal change.
RRATHOCO The emulation result shows that the hysteresis setting can
V(Optional) effectively reduce the average number of handovers and the
number of incorrect handovers, thus preventing unnecessary
handovers. The emulation result also shows that the UE at
different data rates may react differently to the delay for triggering
the event. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more
sensitive to the delay, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call
drop rate is less sensitive to the delay. This can also reduce
ping-pong handovers and incorrect handovers. Therefore, for the
cell where most UEs are in fast movement, this parameter can be
set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell where most UEs are in
slow movement, this parameter can be set to a greater value. The
value of this parameter can be adjusted according to the actual
network statistics.
D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000
320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
TrigTime2F
13-132
BSC6900 SET
UINTERRAT of the measurement report.
HOCOV(Opti The value of this parameter is associated with slow fading. If this
onal)
parameter is set to a greater value, the probability of incorrect
decision becomes low; however, the handover algorithm becomes
slow in responding to signal change.
The emulation result shows that the hysteresis setting can
effectively reduce the average number of handovers and the
number of incorrect handovers, thus preventing unnecessary
handovers. The emulation result also shows that the UE at
different data rates may react differently to the delay for triggering
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
the event. For the fast-moving UE, the call drop rate is more
sensitive to the delay, whereas, for the slow-moving UE, the call
drop rate is less sensitive to the delay. This can also reduce
ping-pong handovers and incorrect handovers. Therefore, for the
cell where most UEs are in fast movement, this parameter can be
set to a smaller value, whereas for the cell where most UEs are in
slow movement, this parameter can be set to a greater value. The
value of this parameter can be adjusted according to the actual
network statistics.
D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280, D2560, D5000
320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Unit: ms
TSlowSpdEst BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Time window for deciding whether the UE is in
UCELLHCS low-mobility state.
HO(Optional) Every time the slow speed period timer expires, the RNC estimates
MOD
whether the UE is in low-mobility state. This parameter specifies
UCELLHCS the duration of the timer. If this parameter is set to 0, the RNC does
HO(Optional) not determine whether the UE is in low-mobility state.
Unit: s
Default Value: 240
TSlowSpdEst BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Time window for deciding whether the UE is in
UHCSHO(O low-mobility state.
ptional)
Every time the slow speed period timer expires, the RNC estimates
whether the UE is in low-mobility state. This parameter specifies
the duration of the timer. If this parameter is set to 0, the RNC does
not determine whether the UE is in low-mobility state.
Unit: s
Default Value: 240
ULQosMcTi BSC6900 MOD
Meaning: Timer length for uplink Qos measurement.
merLen
UCELLQOS This parameter controls the time lengths for the inter-frequency
HO(Optional) and inter-RAT measurement based on Qos.
ADD
UCELLQOS inter-frequency handover is performed when this timer expires, the
HO(Optional) measurement is stopped, and the compressed mode is
to 0.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-133
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
serving cell.
Unit: s
Default Value: 20
ULQosMcTi BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Timer length for uplink Qos measurement.
merLen
UQOSHO(O This parameter controls the time lengths for the inter-frequency
ptional)
and inter-RAT measurement based on Qos.
inter-frequency handover is performed when this timer expires, the
measurement is stopped, and the compressed mode is
to 0.
serving cell.
Unit: s
Default Value: 20
UlSFTurnPoi BSC6900 ADD
nt
UCELLCMC
F(Optional)
MOD
UCELLCMC
F(Optional)
Meaning: Uplink CM implementation mode selection threshold.

When the uplink spreading factor is greater than or equal to the
Unit: None
Default Value: D64
UlSFTurnPoi BSC6900 SET

Meaning: Uplink CM implementation mode selection threshold.
nt
UCMCF(Opti When the uplink spreading factor is greater than or equal to the
onal)
13-134

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Unit: None
Default Value: D64
UsedFreqCS BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Threshold of used frequency quality for triggering
ThdEcN0
RFREQHOC Ec/No for CS services. For CS services, if the value of
OV(Optional) "Inter-frequency Measurement Report Mode" is set to
MOD
EVENT_TRIGGER, this parameter is used to set the measurement
UCELLINTE control of event 2B. One of the necessary conditions for triggering
RFREQHOC event 2B can be met only when the quality of the target frequency
OV(Optional) is smaller than this threshold. In addition, event 2B is triggered only
when both the necessary conditions are met.
After handover, even if the inter-frequency measurement is
triggered again, it is very difficult to hand over the UE again to the
cell of currently used frequency. That is, this parameter is usually
set smaller than the start threshold for event 2F or equal to the
threshold of event 2D.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
Meaning: Ec/No quality threshold for used frequency of CS
ThdEcN0
UCELLINTE services.
RRATHOCO For CS services, if Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for
V(Optional) inter-RAT measurement and the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting
MOD
Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this parameter is used to set
UCELLINTE the measurement control of event 3A. That is, event 3A is triggered
RRATHOCO only when the quality of the currently used frequency is lower than
V(Optional) this threshold and the TargetRatCsThd criterion is fulfilled.
When the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to
"EVENT_TRIGGER", the quality of the currently used frequency
fulfills the criterion QUsed <= TUsed - H3a/2, and the quality of the
target frequency fulfills the criterion Mother_RAT + CIO >=
Tother_RAT + H/2, the RNC starts the trigger timer and reports
event 3A when the timer expires.
Here,
QUsed is the estimated quality of the currently used frequency of
UTRAN.
Tused is the quality threshold for the currently used frequency of
GSM.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-135
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
inter-RAT.
H represents the hysteresis, the setting of which can reduce
wrong decisions caused by signal jitters.
When the signal quality of the currently used frequency is poor,
that is, below the specified value of this parameter, you can infer
that the frequency cannot meet the coverage requirements of the
current services. Event 2F indicates that the quality of the currently
used frequency is restored. Therefore, this parameter is usually set
lower than the triggering threshold of event 2F, or is set equally to
the triggering threshold of event 2D.
For combined services, the parameter configuration for CS
services should be adopted as long as CS services are involved.
If this parameter is set to a larger value, event 3A is likely to be
triggered. However, handover is likely to be triggered when the
frequency quality in the current system is acceptable for the UE if
the value of this parameter is set too large.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
UsedFreqCS BSC6900 SET
ThdEcN0
QHOCOV(O Ec/No for CS services. For CS services, if the value of
ptional)
"Inter-frequency Measurement Report Mode" is set to
control of event 2B. One of the necessary conditions for triggering
event 2B can be met only when the quality of the target frequency
is smaller than this threshold. In addition, event 2B is triggered only
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
Meaning: Ec/No quality threshold for used frequency of CS
ThdEcN0
UINTERRAT services.
HOCOV(Opti For CS services, if Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity for
onal)
inter-RAT measurement and the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting
the measurement control of event 3A. That is, event 3A is triggered
only when the quality of the currently used frequency is lower than
this threshold and the TargetRatCsThd criterion is fulfilled.
13-136

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
Here,
UTRAN.
GSM.
inter-RAT.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
ThdRSCP
RFREQHOC RSCP for CS services. For CS services, if the value of
MOD
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
Meaning: RSCP quality threshold for used frequency of CS domain
ThdRSCP
UCELLINTE services.
RRATHOCO For CS services, if RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-137
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
V(Optional) inter-RAT measurement and the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting

MOD
V(Optional) this threshold and the TargetRatCsThd criterion is fulfilled.
Here,
UTRAN.
GSM.
inter-RAT.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -97
ThdRSCP
QHOCOV(O RSCP for CS services. For CS services, if the value of
ptional)
13-138

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
Meaning: RSCP quality threshold for used frequency of CS domain
ThdRSCP
UINTERRAT services.
HOCOV(Opti For CS services, if RSCP is used as the measurement quantity for
onal)
inter-RAT measurement and the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting
this threshold and the TargetRatCsThd criterion is fulfilled.
Here,
UTRAN.
GSM.
inter-RAT.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -97
UsedFreqHT BSC6900 ADD
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-139
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
hdEcN0
RFREQHOC Ec/No for HSPA services. For HSPA services, if the value of
MOD
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12

Meaning: Ec/No quality threshold for used frequency of HSPA
hdEcN0
UCELLINTE services.
RRATHOCO For HSPA services, if Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity
V(Optional) for inter-RAT measurement and the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting
MOD
V(Optional) this threshold and the TargetRatR99PsThd criterion is fulfilled.
Here,
UTRAN.
GSM.
inter-RAT.
13-140

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Unit: dB
Default Value: -13
UsedFreqHT BSC6900 SET
hdEcN0
QHOCOV(O Ec/No for HSPA services. For HSPA services, if the value of
ptional)
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
Meaning: Ec/No quality threshold for used frequency of HSPA
hdEcN0
UINTERRAT services.
HOCOV(Opti For HSPA services, if Ec/No is used as the measurement quantity
onal)
for inter-RAT measurement and the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting
this threshold and the TargetRatR99PsThd criterion is fulfilled.
Here,
UTRAN.
GSM.
inter-RAT.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-141
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
Unit: dB
Default Value: -13
hdRSCP
RFREQHOC RSCP for HSPA services. For HSPA services, if the value of
MOD
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
Meaning: RSCP quality threshold for used frequency of HSPA
hdRSCP
UCELLINTE services.
RRATHOCO For HSPA services, if RSCP is used as the measurement quantity
V(Optional) for inter-RAT measurement and the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting
MOD
V(Optional) this threshold and the TargetRatR99PsThd criterion is fulfilled.
Here,
13-142

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
UTRAN.
GSM.
inter-RAT.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -107
hdRSCP
QHOCOV(O RSCP for HSPA services. For HSPA services, if the value of
ptional)
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
Meaning: RSCP quality threshold for used frequency of HSPA
hdRSCP
UINTERRAT services.
HOCOV(Opti For HSPA services, if RSCP is used as the measurement quantity
onal)
for inter-RAT measurement and the value of "Inter-RAT Reporting
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-143
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
this threshold and the TargetRatR99PsThd criterion is fulfilled.

Here,
UTRAN.
GSM.
inter-RAT.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -107
UsedFreqMe BSC6900 MOD
Meaning: This parameter configures the used frequency
asQuantityFo
UCELLQOS measurement quantity to trigger the inter-RAT measurement for
rQos3A
HO(Optional) the purpose of Qos-based handover. The parameter is valid when
ADD
the event reporting mode is selected for inter-RAT.
UCELLQOS Ec/No: signal-to-noise ratio
HO(Optional) RSCP: received signal code power
CPICH_Ec/NO: the measurement quantity used for event 2D and
2F, with unit of dB
CPICH_RSCP: the measurement quantity used for event 2D and
2F, with unit of dBm
The RNC, in the coverage-based inter-RAT measurement, may
configure that the inter-RAT measurement quantity are delivered
according to event 2D that triggers the measurement, which
causes the result that the Qos-based inter-RAT measurement
cannot refer to the coverage-based configurations. Under this
condition, it is necessary for the Qos-based inter-RAT
13-144

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
measurement to set the used frequency separately. When both the

Qos-based and the coverage-based inter-RAT measurements
exist, refer to this parameter.
When the UE moves to the cell border, and there is a
intra-frequency neighboring cell in the moving direction, CPCICH
Ec/No varies faster than RSCP and the quality of the current cell
should be evaluated according to CPCICH Ec/No. When there is
no intra-frequency neighboring cell in the direction, CPCICH RSCP
varies faster than Ec/No and the quality should be evaluated
according to CPCICH RSCP. If the measurement quantity is not
properly selected, the handover may not be performed timely, thus
resulting in call drops.
GUI Value Range: CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP
Actual Value Range: CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP
Unit: None
Default Value: CPICH_RSCP
UsedFreqMe BSC6900 SET
Meaning: This parameter configures the used frequency
asQuantityFo
UQOSHO(O measurement quantity to trigger the inter-RAT measurement for
rQos3A
ptional)
the purpose of Qos-based handover. The parameter is valid when
the event reporting mode is selected for inter-RAT.
Ec/No: signal-to-noise ratio
RSCP: received signal code power
CPICH_Ec/NO: the measurement quantity used for event 2D and
2F, with unit of dB
CPICH_RSCP: the measurement quantity used for event 2D and
2F, with unit of dBm
The RNC, in the coverage-based inter-RAT measurement, may
configure that the inter-RAT measurement quantity are delivered
according to event 2D that triggers the measurement, which
causes the result that the Qos-based inter-RAT measurement
cannot refer to the coverage-based configurations. Under this
condition, it is necessary for the Qos-based inter-RAT
measurement to set the used frequency separately. When both the
Qos-based and the coverage-based inter-RAT measurements
exist, refer to this parameter.
When the UE moves to the cell border, and there is a
intra-frequency neighboring cell in the moving direction, CPCICH
Ec/No varies faster than RSCP and the quality of the current cell
should be evaluated according to CPCICH Ec/No. When there is
no intra-frequency neighboring cell in the direction, CPCICH RSCP
varies faster than Ec/No and the quality should be evaluated
according to CPCICH RSCP. If the measurement quantity is not
properly selected, the handover may not be performed timely, thus
resulting in call drops.
GUI Value Range: CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP
Actual Value Range: CPICH_EC/NO, CPICH_RSCP
Unit: None
Default Value: CPICH_RSCP
UsedFreqR9 BSC6900 ADD
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-145
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
9PsThdEcN0
RFREQHOC Ec/No for non-HSPA services in PS domain. For non-HSPA

OV(Optional) services in PS domain, if the value of "Inter-frequency
MOD
Measurement Report Mode" is set to EVENT_TRIGGER, this
UCELLINTE parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 2B.
RFREQHOC One of the necessary conditions for triggering event 2B can be met
OV(Optional) only when the quality of the target frequency is smaller than this
threshold. In addition, event 2B is triggered only when both the
necessary conditions are met.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12

Meaning: Ec/No quality threshold for used frequency of PS domain
9PsThdEcN0
UCELLINTE non-HSPA services.
RRATHOCO For PS domain non-HSPA services, if Ec/No is used as the
V(Optional) measurement quantity for inter-RAT measurement and the value
MOD
of "Inter-RAT Reporting Mode" is set to "EVENT_TRIGGER", this
UCELLINTE parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 3A.
RRATHOCO That is, event 3A is triggered only when the quality of the currently
V(Optional) used frequency is lower than this threshold and the
TargetRatR99PsThd criterion is fulfilled.
Here,
UTRAN.
GSM.
inter-RAT.
13-146

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Unit: dB
Default Value: -13
UsedFreqR9 BSC6900 SET
9PsThdEcN0
QHOCOV(O Ec/No for non-HSPA services in PS domain. For non-HSPA
ptional)
services in PS domain, if the value of "Inter-frequency
parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 2B.
One of the necessary conditions for triggering event 2B can be met
only when the quality of the target frequency is smaller than this
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12
Meaning: Ec/No quality threshold for used frequency of PS domain
9PsThdEcN0
UINTERRAT non-HSPA services.
HOCOV(Opti For PS domain non-HSPA services, if Ec/No is used as the
onal)
measurement quantity for inter-RAT measurement and the value
parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 3A.
That is, event 3A is triggered only when the quality of the currently
used frequency is lower than this threshold and the
Here,
UTRAN.
GSM.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-147
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
inter-RAT.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -13
9PsThdRSC
P
RFREQHOC RSCP for non-HSPA services in PS domain. For non-HSPA
OV(Optional) services in PS domain, if the value of "Inter-frequency
MOD
UCELLINTE parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 2B.
RFREQHOC One of the necessary conditions for triggering event 2B can be met
OV(Optional) only when the quality of the target frequency is smaller than this
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
Meaning: RSCP quality threshold for used frequency of PS domain
9PsThdRSC
UCELLINTE non-HSPA services.
P
RRATHOCO For PS domain non-HSPA services, if RSCP is used as the
V(Optional) measurement quantity for inter-RAT measurement and the value
MOD
UCELLINTE parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 3A.
RRATHOCO That is, event 3A is triggered only when the quality of the currently
V(Optional) used frequency is lower than this threshold and the
13-148

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
Here,
UTRAN.
GSM.
inter-RAT.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -107
9PsThdRSC
P
QHOCOV(O RSCP for non-HSPA services in PS domain. For non-HSPA
ptional)
services in PS domain, if the value of "Inter-frequency
parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 2B.
One of the necessary conditions for triggering event 2B can be met
only when the quality of the target frequency is smaller than this
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-149
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Meaning: RSCP quality threshold for used frequency of PS domain
9PsThdRSC
UINTERRAT non-HSPA services.
P
HOCOV(Opti For PS domain non-HSPA services, if RSCP is used as the
onal)
measurement quantity for inter-RAT measurement and the value
parameter is used to set the measurement control of event 3A.
That is, event 3A is triggered only when the quality of the currently
used frequency is lower than this threshold and the
Here,
UTRAN.
GSM.
inter-RAT.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -107
UseOfHcs
13-150
BSC6900 ADD
UCELLHCS(
Optional)
MOD
UCELLHCS(
Optional)
Meaning: Indicating whether HCS is used. For details, refer to

3GPP TS 25.304.
GUI Value Range: USED, NOT_USED
Actual Value Range: USED, NOT_USED
Unit: None
Default Value: NOT_USED

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
UseOfHcs
UseOfHcs
Weight
13 Parameters
BSC6900 ADD
UEXT2GCE
LL(Optional)
MOD
UEXT2GCE
LL(Optional)
Meaning: This parameter indicates whether HCS is used.
BSC6900 ADD
UEXT3GCE
LL(Optional)
MOD
UEXT3GCE
LL(Optional)
Meaning: This parameter indicates whether HCS is used.
BSC6900 ADD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
MOD
UCELLINTR
AFREQHO(
Optional)
Meaning: Used for calculating the relative threshold of the soft

handover based on the measurement report of each cell in the
active set. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the relative
threshold of the soft handover is greater with the other conditions
unchanged. For details on the definition of this parameter, see
3GPP TS 25.331. When this parameter is set to 0, the general
quality of the active set is the quality of the best cell. In this case,
the relative threshold of soft handover depends on the related
measurement values of the best cell in the active set. Impact on
network performance:
If this parameter is set to a greater value, the thresholds for
triggering soft handover for events 1A and 1B are greater under
the same conditions. In this case, the probability for adding a cell to
the active set decreases, and that for removing a cell from the
active set increases. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the
probability for adding a cell to the active set increases, and that for
removing a cell from the active set decreases.
GUI Value Range: USED(HCS cell), NOT_USED(Non HCS cell)

Unit: None
GUI Value Range: USED(HCS cell), NOT_USED(Non HCS cell)

Unit: None

Actual Value Range: 0~2, step:0.1
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
Weight
BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Used for calculating the relative threshold of the soft
UINTRAFRE handover based on the measurement report of each cell in the
QHO(Option active set. If this parameter is set to a greater value, the relative
al)
threshold of the soft handover is greater with the other conditions
unchanged. For details on the definition of this parameter, see
3GPP TS 25.331. When this parameter is set to 0, the general
quality of the active set is the quality of the best cell. In this case,
the relative threshold of soft handover depends on the related
measurement values of the best cell in the active set. Impact on
network performance:
If this parameter is set to a greater value, the thresholds for
triggering soft handover for events 1A and 1B are greater under
the same conditions. In this case, the probability for adding a cell to
the active set decreases, and that for removing a cell from the
active set increases. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the
probability for adding a cell to the active set increases, and that for
removing a cell from the active set decreases.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-151
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters

Unit: None
Default Value: 0
WeightForUs BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Weight factor for computing the general quality of the
edFreq
UCELLINTE used frequency.
RFREQHOC If this parameter is set to a greater value, the higher quality of the
OV(Optional) active set is obtained. If this parameter is set to 0, the general
MOD
quality of the active set is considered the quality of the best cell in
UCELLINTE this set. For details about this parameter, see the subsection of
RFREQHOC frequency quality estimation in the section of inter-frequency
OV(Optional) measurement in 3GPP TS 25.331. This parameter is used for
event-triggered reporting of inter-frequency handovers for events
2D, 2F, 2B and 2C, but not used for periodical reporting of
inter-frequency handovers. If this parameter is set to a greater
value, the quality of the current frequency is higher in the same
condition. In this case, inter-frequency handover is not likely to be
triggered. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the quality of
the current frequency is lower in the same condition. In this case,
inter-frequency handover is likely to be triggered. Generally, this
parameter is set to 0 or 1. Whether the handover is easy or difficult
to trigger is not decided by setting this parameter.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
WeightForUs BSC6900 ADD
Meaning: Weight factor used for computing the general quality of
edFreq
UCELLINTE frequencies.
RRATHOCO If this parameter is set to a greater value, the estimated general
V(Optional) quality of the current frequency in the same condition is higher. In
MOD
this case, inter-RAT handover is unlikely to be triggered. If this
UCELLINTE parameter is set to a smaller value, the estimated general quality of
RRATHOCO the current frequency in the same condition is lower. In this case,
V(Optional) inter-frequency handover is likely to be triggered. When the
parameter value is set to 0, the quality of the best cell in an active
set is regarded as the general quality of an active set. This
parameter is used for event 3A evaluation.
To set this parameter, see the method for setting the
intra-frequency handover weighting factor "Weight".
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
WeightForUs BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Weight factor for computing the general quality of the
edFreq
UINTERFRE used frequency.
QHOCOV(O If this parameter is set to a greater value, the higher quality of the
ptional)
active set is obtained. If this parameter is set to 0, the general
quality of the active set is considered the quality of the best cell in
this set. For details about this parameter, see the subsection of
frequency quality estimation in the section of inter-frequency
measurement in 3GPP TS 25.331. This parameter is used for
event-triggered reporting of inter-frequency handovers for events
13-152

Issue 02 (2010-06-20)
WCDMA RAN
Handover
13 Parameters
2D, 2F, 2B and 2C, but not used for periodical reporting of
inter-frequency handovers. If this parameter is set to a greater
value, the quality of the current frequency is higher in the same
condition. In this case, inter-frequency handover is not likely to be
triggered. If this parameter is set to a smaller value, the quality of
the current frequency is lower in the same condition. In this case,
inter-frequency handover is likely to be triggered. Generally, this
parameter is set to 0 or 1. Whether the handover is easy or difficult
to trigger is not decided by setting this parameter.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
WeightForUs BSC6900 SET
Meaning: Weight factor used for computing the general quality of
edFreq
UINTERRAT frequencies.
HOCOV(Opti If this parameter is set to a greater value, the estimated general
onal)
quality of the current frequency in the same condition is higher. In
this case, inter-RAT handover is unlikely to be triggered. If this
parameter is set to a smaller value, the estimated general quality of
the current frequency in the same condition is lower. In this case,
inter-frequency handover is likely to be triggered. When the
parameter value is set to 0, the quality of the best cell in an active
set is regarded as the general quality of an active set. This
parameter is used for event 3A evaluation.
To set this parameter, see the method for setting the
intra-frequency handover weighting factor "Weight".
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

13-153
WCDMA RAN
Handover
14 Counters
14 Counters
For details, see the BSC6900 UMTS Performance Counter Reference and the NodeB Performance
Counter Reference.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

14-1
WCDMA RAN
Handover
15 Glossary
15 Glossary
For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see the Glossary.
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

15-1
WCDMA RAN
Handover
16 Reference Documents
16 Reference Documents
[1] 3GPP TS 23.122: Non Access Stratum functions related to Mobile Station (MS) in idle mode
[2] 3GPP TS 24.008: Mobile radio interface layer 3 specification; Core Network Protocols - Stage 3
[3] 3GPP TS 25.304: UE Procedures in Idle Mode and Procedures for Cell Reselection in Connected
Mode
[4] 3GPP TS 25.331: RRC Protocol Specification
[5] 3GPP TS 23.060: General Packet Radio Service (GPRS); Service description
[6] 3GPP TS 25.931: UTRAN Functions, Examples on Signaling Procedures
[7] BSC6900 UMTS Performance Counter Reference
[8] NodeB Performance Counter Reference
[9] Glossary
Issue 02 (2010-06-20)

16-1

0611 Hand Over

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

0611 Hand Over

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

WCDMA RAN

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2010. All rights reserved.

Trademarks and Permissions

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

2 Overview of Handover .............................................................................................................2-1

4 Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Handover ..........................................................................4-1

5 Coverage or QoS Handover ...................................................................................................5-1

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

6 Load Handover ..........................................................................................................................6-1

7 HSPA Handover .........................................................................................................................7-1

8 HCS Handover ...........................................................................................................................8-1

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

8.6 Signaling Procedure of HCS Handover ........................................................................................ 8-5

11 Neighboring Cell Combination..........................................................................................11-1

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

1.2 Intended Audience

Personnel who are familiar with WCDMA basics

Personnel who need to understand handover

Personnel who work with Huawei products

1.3 Change History

Feature change: refers to the change in the handover feature.

The parameter EHSPACMPermissionInd is

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

HCS traffic absorption is removed.

The parameters deleted are as follows:

HSPA+ handover is moved from HSPA+ Feature

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Intra-Frequency Soft Handover

Intra-RNC inter-NodeB soft handover (WRFD-020202 Intra RNC Soft Handover)

Inter-RNC soft handover (WRFD-020203Inter RNC Soft Handover)

When the UE is in the overlapped

When the UE is in the overlapped coverage area

When the UE communicates with

When the UE communicates with different cells

Uplink signal Using maximum-ratio combination

Using selective combination

Using maximum-ratio combination

Using maximum-ratio combination

Resource use Occupying less Iub bandwidth

Occupying more Iub bandwidth

The HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH parameter is used to determine whether to enable both

Intra-Frequency Hard Handover

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

The scenarios of intra-frequency hard handover are as follows:

The HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH parameter is used to determine whether to enable

Inter RNC Handover

The SHOTRIG parameter consists of three subswitches:

NON_HSPA_SHO_SWTICH: If NON_HSPA_SHO_SWTICH is checked, soft handover for non-HSPA

3.2 Intra-Frequency Handover Procedure

Event trigger threshold

Event trigger delay time

Neighboring cell list

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Figure 3-1 Intra-frequency handover procedure

3.3 Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement

Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement Quantities

Intra-Frequency Handover Measurement Events

The best cell changes.

) + (1 - W) x 10 x Log(MBest) - (R1a - H1a/2)

MNew is the measurement value of the cell in the reporting range.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Mi is the measurement value of a cell in the active set.